-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
LyvC93zoglo7YqzoOXWwJMsMyvZMuP0X558LE4LVkApa9EH0GY6YI0epdlgU0Zjr
a66spu1Q0LKkuz1jeybRxg==
<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000950152-01-504169.txt : 20010830
<SEC-HEADER>0000950152-01-504169.hdr.sgml : 20010830
ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950152-01-504169
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 12
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20010531
FILED AS OF DATE: 20010829
FILER:
COMPANY DATA:
COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: RPM INC/OH/
CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000110621
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: PAINTS, VARNISHES, LACQUERS, ENAMELS & ALLIED PRODUCTS [2851]
IRS NUMBER: 346550857
STATE OF INCORPORATION: OH
FISCAL YEAR END: 0531
FILING VALUES:
FORM TYPE: 10-K
SEC ACT: 1934 Act
SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-14187
FILM NUMBER: 1726374
BUSINESS ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 2628 PEARL RD
STREET 2: P O BOX 777
CITY: MEDINA
STATE: OH
ZIP: 44258
BUSINESS PHONE: 3302735090
MAIL ADDRESS:
STREET 1: 2628 PEARL RD
STREET 2: P O BOX 777
CITY: MEDINA
STATE: OH
ZIP: 44258
FORMER COMPANY:
FORMER CONFORMED NAME: REPUBLIC POWDERED METALS INC
DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19711027
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>l89965ae10-k.txt
<DESCRIPTION>RPM, INC. FORM 10-K
<TEXT>
<PAGE> 1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (No Fee Required)
For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2001
OR
[ ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (No Fee Required)
For the transition period from __________ to ___________
Commission File No. 1-14187
RPM, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Ohio 34-6550857
- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of (IRS Employer Identification No.)
Incorporation or Organization)
P.O. Box 777, 2628 Pearl Road, Medina, Ohio 44258
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (330) 273-5090
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class Name of Exchange on Which Registered
- ------------------- ------------------------------------
Common Shares, Without Par Value New York Stock Exchange
Rights to Purchase Common Shares New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject
to the filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ___
---
<PAGE> 2
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
As of August 17, 2001, 102,210,877 Common Shares were
outstanding, and the aggregate market value of the Common Shares of the
Registrant held by non-affiliates (based upon the closing price of the Common
Shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on August 17, 2001) was
approximately $1,034,715,900. For purposes of this information, the 2,052,641
outstanding Common Shares which were owned beneficially as of May 31, 2001 by
executive officers and Directors of the Registrant were deemed to be the Common
Shares held by affiliates.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the following documents are incorporated by
reference to Parts II, III and IV of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: (i)
definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Registrant's Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to be held on October 12, 2001 (the "2001 Proxy
Statement") and (ii) the Registrant's 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders for the
fiscal year ended May 31, 2001 (the "2001 Annual Report to Shareholders").
Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K is as of May 31, 2001.
2
<PAGE> 3
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
THE COMPANY
RPM, Inc. ("RPM" or the "Company") was organized in 1947 as an
Ohio corporation under the name Republic Powdered Metals, Inc. On November 9,
1971, the Company's name was changed to RPM, Inc. As used herein, the terms
"RPM" and the "Company" refer to RPM, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the
context indicates otherwise. The Company has its principal executive offices at
2628 Pearl Road, P.O. Box 777, Medina, Ohio 44258, and its telephone number is
(330) 273-5090.
BUSINESS
RPM manufactures and markets protective coatings for use in
both industrial and consumer applications. As of May 31, 2001, RPM markets its
products in approximately 130 countries and operates manufacturing facilities in
62 locations in the United States, Argentina, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China,
Colombia, Germany, Italy, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, The Netherlands,
Poland, South Africa, the United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom.
OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company is organized into two operating segments according
to the primary markets served by RPM: the Industrial Division and the Consumer
Division. Reference is made to "Reportable Segment and Geographic Area
Information" on pages 6 through 7 of the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is
incorporated herein by reference, for financial information relating to
operating segments.
INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
RPM's operating companies in its Industrial Division
manufacture and market coatings for various industrial and commercial
applications including waterproofing, general maintenance, flooring systems and
coatings, corrosion control, and other specialty chemical applications. RPM's
industrial products represented approximately 55% of the Company's sales for the
fiscal year ended May 31, 2001.
Industrial products designed for waterproofing applications
include sealants, deck coatings, membranes and water-based coatings for
commercial and industrial maintenance marketed under the Company's Tremco,
Vulkem and DYmeric brands. Industrial products used for general commercial and
industrial maintenance include roofing products, such as asphaltic aluminum roof
deck coating produced by RPM's original business unit, Republic Powdered Metals,
Geoflex and Hy-Shield premium single-ply roofing materials and Tremco roofing
systems, as well as the Euco line of concrete and masonry additives, coatings
and repair products.
3
<PAGE> 4
Several of the Company's Industrial product lines are sold to
similar specifying customers. These include high-performance polymer floors,
linings and wall systems produced by Stonhard, molded and pultruded fiberglass
reinforced plastic grating products manufactured under the brand names of
Chemgrate and Fibergrate, and a broad-line of high-performance corrosion control
coatings being marketed primarily under the Carboline and Plasite brands.
Carboline manufactures high-performance corrosion-resistant protective coatings,
fireproofing, tank linings and floor coatings, and markets these products to
industrial, architectural and applicator companies throughout the world.
The Company's remaining industrial product lines are highly
specialized and include Dryvit coatings and adhesives for exterior insulating
finishing systems and TCI powder coatings for exterior and interior
applications. Products manufactured for specialty chemical applications include:
Day-Glo Color and Radiant Color fluorescent colorants and pigments; Kop-Coat
manufactured compounds and wood treatment products including Wolman industrial
lumber treatments; pleasure marine coatings marketed under the Pettit, Woolsey
and Z-Spar brand names; American Emulsions dye additives for textile dyeing and
finishing; and Chemspec commercial carpet cleaning solutions.
CONSUMER PRODUCTS
For consumer applications, RPM manufactures professional and
do-it-yourself products for home maintenance, automotive repair, marine
applications and hobby and leisure items. RPM's consumer products are marketed
through thousands of mass merchandise, home center and hardware stores
throughout North America. RPM's consumer products represented approximately 45%
of the Company's sales for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2001.
Rust-Oleum manufactures high quality corrosion-resistant,
general purpose, decorative coatings and assorted specialty products for the
household maintenance and light industrial markets. In addition to Rust-Oleum's
original rust preventative coatings, Rust-Oleum markets a full line of
small-package general purpose coatings under the "Painter's Touch by Rust-Oleum"
brand name as well as "American Accents by Rust-Oleum" decorative coatings.
Effective June 1, 2001, Rust-Oleum also markets Flecto's interior stains and
finishes under the Varathane and Watco labels.
Zinsser manufactures a broad line of specialty primers and
sealants marketed under the B-I-N, Bulls Eye 1-2-3 and Cover Stain brand names,
as well as wallcovering removal and preparation coatings under the principal
brands of DIF, Paper Tiger and Shieldz. Zinsser is also a leader in mildew
removal and resistance. Mantrose-Haeuser is the nation's leading producer of
shellac items used as pharmaceutical glazes, confectioner's glazes, citrus fruit
coatings and wood coatings. Wolman is well known for its deck coatings, sealants
and brighteners and Richard E. Thibaut designs and distributes a line of
higher-end wallcoverings.
DAP markets a nationwide line of household patch and repair
products, including latex and silicone caulks and sealants, spackling compounds,
putty, glazing compounds, textured ceiling paints, adhesives, basement
waterproofing products, wood repair products and other specialized materials for
the home improvement market. In addition to the DAP brand, DAP also markets the
Alex Plus, Kwik Seal, Weldwood, Woodlife and Plastic Wood brands.
4
<PAGE> 5
Mohawk, Star, Chemical Coatings, Guardian Products and
Westfield Coatings produce furniture finishes and repair and restoration
coatings.
The Company manufactures a variety of auto body paints and
repair products for the automotive aftermarket under the Bondo brand name,
including spray paints, body fillers, vinyl colors and bumper repair products.
In addition, the Company manufactures products for the hobby
and leisure markets including Testor's model kits and accessory products, Aztek
brand model kits and airbrushes and Floquil/Polly S Color hobby, art and craft
coatings.
FOREIGN OPERATIONS
The Company's foreign manufacturing operations for the fiscal
year ended May 31, 2001 accounted for approximately 20% of its total sales
(which does not include exports directly from the United States), although it
also receives license fees and royalty income from numerous license agreements
and also has joint ventures accounted for under the equity method in various
foreign countries. The Company has manufacturing facilities in Argentina,
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, Germany, Italy, Malaysia, Mexico, New
Zealand, The Netherlands, Poland, South Africa, the United Arab Emirates and the
United Kingdom, and sales offices or public warehouse facilities in Australia,
Canada, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Iberia, Mexico, the Philippines,
Singapore, Sweden the United Kingdom and several other countries. Information
concerning the Company's foreign operations is set forth in Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, which
appears elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
COMPETITION
The Company is engaged in a highly competitive industry and,
with respect to all of its major products, faces competition from local and
national firms. Several of the companies with which RPM competes have greater
financial resources and sales organizations than the Company. While no accurate
figures are available with respect to the size of or the Company's position in
the market for any particular product, management believes that the Company is a
major producer of aluminum coatings, cement-based paint, hobby paints, pleasure
marine coatings, furniture finishing repair products, automotive repair
products, industrial corrosion control products, consumer rust-preventative
coatings, polymer flooring, fluorescent coatings and pigments, exterior
insulation finish systems, molded and pultruded fiberglass reinforced plastic
grating and shellac-based coatings. However, the Company does not believe that
it has a significant share of the total protective coatings market.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The intellectual property portfolios of the subsidiaries of
the Company include numerous valuable patents, trade secrets and know-how,
domain names, trademarks and trade names. Significant research and technology
development continues to be conducted by the subsidiaries. However, no single
patent, trademark, name or license, or group of these rights, other than the
marks Day-Glo(R), Rust-Oleum(R), Carboline(R), DAP(R) and Tremco(R), are
material to the Company's business.
5
<PAGE> 6
Day-Glo Color Corp., a subsidiary of the Company, is the owner
of over 50 trademark registrations of the mark and name "DAY-GLO(R)" in numerous
countries and the United States for a variety of fluorescent products. There are
also many other foreign and domestic registrations for other trademarks of the
Day-Glo Color Corp., for a total of over 100 registrations. These registrations
are valid for a variety of terms ranging from one year to 20 years, which terms
are renewable as long as the marks continue to be used. Renewal of these
registrations is done on a regular basis.
Rust-Oleum Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company, is the
owner of over 50 United States trademark registrations for the mark and name
"RUST-OLEUM(R)" and other trademarks covering a variety of rust-preventative
coatings sold by Rust-Oleum Corporation. There are also many foreign
registrations for "RUST-OLEUM(R)" and the other trademarks of Rust-Oleum
Corporation, for a total of nearly 400 registrations. These registrations are
valid for a variety of terms ranging from one year to 20 years, which terms are
renewable for as long as the marks continue to be used. Renewal of these
registrations is done on a regular basis.
Carboline Company, a subsidiary of the Company, is the owner
of a United States trademark registration for the mark and name "CARBOLINE(R)."
Carboline Company is also the owner of several other United States registrations
for other trademarks. Renewal of these registrations is done on a regular basis.
DAP Products Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, is the owner
of over 150 United States and foreign trademark applications and registrations
which include the mark and name "DAP(R)." DAP Products Inc. is also the owner of
several other United States and foreign registrations for other trademarks
including "PUTTY KNIFE(R)." Renewal of these registrations is done on a regular
basis.
Tremco Incorporated, a subsidiary of the Company, is the owner
of over 100 registrations for the mark and name "TREMCO(R)" in numerous
countries and the United States for a variety of sealants and coating products.
There are also many other foreign and domestic registrations for other
trademarks of Tremco Incorporated, for a total of over 600 registrations and
applications. The registrations are valid for a variety of terms ranging from
one year to 20 years, which terms are renewable as long as the marks continue to
be used. Renewal of these registrations is done on a regular basis.
The Company's other valuable product trademarks also include:
ALUMANATION(R), AVALON(R), B-I-N(R), BITUMASTIC(R), BONDO(R), BONDEX(R), BULLS
EYE(R), CHEMGRATE(R), DRYVIT(R), DYMERIC(R), DYNALITE(R), DYNATRON(R), EASY
FINISH(R), FLECTO(R), EPOXSTEEL(R), FIBERGRATE(R), FLOQUIL(R), GEOFLEX(R),
LUBRASPIN(TM), MAR-HYDE(R), MOHAWK and DESIGN(R), OUTSULATION(R), PARASEAL(R),
PERMAROOF(R), PETTIT(TM), PLASITE(R), SANITILE(R), STONCLAD(R), STONHARD(R),
STONLUX(R), TALSOL(R), TCI(TM), TESTORS(R), ULTRALITE(TM), VARATHANE(R),
VULKEM(R), WOOLSEY(R), ZINSSER(R) and Z-SPAR(R); and, in Europe, NULLIFIRE(R),
RADGLO(R) and MARTIN MATHYS(R).
6
<PAGE> 7
RAW MATERIALS
The Company does not have any single source suppliers of raw
materials that are material to its business, and the Company believes that
alternate sources of supply of raw materials are available to the Company for
most of its raw materials. Where shortages of raw materials have occurred, the
Company has been able to reformulate products to use more readily available raw
materials. Although the Company has been able to reformulate products to use
more readily available raw materials in the past, there can be no assurance as
to the Company's ability to do so in the future.
SEASONAL FACTORS
The Company's business is seasonal due to outside weather
factors. The Company historically experiences strong sales and income in its
first, second and fourth fiscal quarters comprised of the three month periods
ending August 31, November 30 and May 31, respectively, with weaker performance
in its third fiscal quarter (December through February).
CUSTOMERS
Seven large Consumer Division accounts, such as do-it-yourself
home centers, represent approximately 17% of the Company's total sales. Except
for sales to these customers, the Company's business is not dependent upon any
one customer or small group of customers but is rather dispersed over a
substantial number of customers.
BACKLOG
The Company historically has not had a significant backlog of
orders, nor was there a significant backlog during the last fiscal year.
RESEARCH
The Company's research and development work is performed in
various laboratory locations throughout the United States. During fiscal years
2001, 2000 and 1999, the Company invested approximately $21.8 million, $22.3
million and $18.0 million, respectively, on research and development activities.
The customer sponsored portion of such expenditures was not significant.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Several of the Company's subsidiaries are involved in various
environmental claims or proceedings relating to facilities currently or
previously owned, operated or used by such subsidiaries, or their predecessors.
In addition, the Company or its subsidiaries, together with other parties, have
been designated as potentially responsible parties ("PRPs") under federal and
state environmental laws for the remediation of hazardous waste at certain
disposal sites.
The Company's environmental-related accruals are established
and/or adjusted as information becomes available upon which more accurate costs
can be reasonably estimated. Actual costs may vary from these estimates due to
the inherent uncertainties involved. In
7
<PAGE> 8
management's opinion, based upon information presently available, the outcome of
these environmental matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
EMPLOYEES
As of May 31, 2001, the Company employed 7,928 persons, of
whom 692 were represented by unions under contracts which expire at varying
times in the future. The Company believes that its relations with its employees
are good.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
The Company's corporate headquarters and a plant and offices
for one subsidiary are located on an 119-acre site in Medina, Ohio, which is
owned by the Company. As of May 31, 2001, the Company's operations occupy a
total of approximately 6.8 million square feet, with the majority, approximately
5.6 million square feet, devoted to manufacturing, assembly and storage. Of the
approximately 6.8 million square feet occupied, 5.4 million square feet are
owned and 1.4 million square feet are occupied under operating leases. In
addition, approximately 0.6 million owned square feet is associated with
property intended to be sold or sublet in conjunction with the Company's
restructuring program.
For information concerning the Company's rental obligations,
see Note E (Leases) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which appear
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Under all of its leases, the
Company is obligated to pay certain varying insurance costs, utilities, real
property taxes and other costs and expenses.
The Company believes that its manufacturing plants and office
facilities are well maintained and suitable for the operations of the Company.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
EIFS Litigation.
----------------
As previously reported, Dryvit Systems, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company ("Dryvit"), is a defendant or co-defendant in numerous
lawsuits seeking damages for structures clad with exterior insulated finish
systems ("EIFS") products manufactured by Dryvit and other EIFS manufacturers.
As of May 31, 2001, Dryvit was a defendant or co-defendant in approximately 750
single family residential EIFS cases, the vast majority of which are pending in
North Carolina, South Carolina and Alabama. Dryvit is also defending EIFS
lawsuits involving office buildings or other commercial structures. The vast
majority of Dryvit's EIFS lawsuits involve claims of water intrusion into
structures and related property damages; however, in some EIFS lawsuits there
are personal injury allegations based on alleged exposure to mold. Dryvit is
vigorously defending these mold allegations and does not believe there is
adequate scientific, medical or legal support to sustain a personal injury claim
against Dryvit.
As previously reported, Dryvit settled the North Carolina
class action styled Ruff, et al. v. Parex, Inc., et al. As of May 31, 2001, a
total of 502 claims had been submitted to the claims administrator for
verification and validation. Of these 502 claims, 199 were actually paid
8
<PAGE> 9
through May 31, 2001 in the amount of $3,083,240. The remaining claims are at
various stages of investigation, review and validation by the claims
administrator. Dryvit continues to believe that it has adequate insurance
commitments in place to cover its obligations under the Ruff settlement.
As previously reported, Dryvit was named in an attempted class
action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of North
Carolina (5:99-CV-4700-BR(3)), styled Lienhart, et al. v. Dryvit Systems, Inc.,
et al., involving an EIFS-type product known as Fastrak System 4000. On December
18, 2000, the U.S. District Court certified a class of "homes, condominiums,
apartment complexes or commercial buildings which have been constructed after
January 1, 1992, using an exterior cladding system knows as Fastrak System
4000." On June 26, 2001, the 4th Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals vacated the
District Court's class certification order ruling that certification was not
appropriate because it is likely that individual issues necessary to adjudicate
Dryvit's liability will predominate over class issues. The Court of Appeals has
remanded the Lienhart case to the District Court for further proceedings.
As previously reported, on or about December 1, 2000, Dryvit
was named along with other defendants in a state class action filed in Jefferson
County, Tennessee styled William J. Humphrey, et al. v. Dryvit Systems, Inc.
(Case No. 17,715-IV) ("Humphrey"). The Humphrey case is an attempted state-wide
class action which seeks various types of damages on behalf of all similarly
situated persons who paid for the purchase of a Dryvit EIFS-clad structure in
the State of Tennessee during the period beginning November 14, 1990 to the date
of the Complaint.
As previously reported, on May 30, 2000, Dryvit was named
along with other third party defendants in a state class action filed in Madison
County, Illinois styled Osborne, et al. v. Dryvit Systems, Inc. (Case No.
00L000395) ("Osborne"). The Osborne case is an attempted state-wide class action
which seeks various types of damages on behalf of a class of all persons who
owned a Dryvit EIFS-clad home located in the State of Illinois during the period
January 1, 1990 to the date of the complaint.
As previously reported, on or about March 22, 2001, Dryvit was
named along with other defendants in a state class action Complaint filed in
Mobile County, Alabama styled Tony Bryan, et al. v. Dryvit Systems, Inc. (Case
No. CV-01-000761 JSJ) ("Bryan"). The Bryan case is an attempted state-wide class
action which seeks various types of damages on behalf of all "Persons who own a
single residence in the State of Alabama on which an Exterior Insulation and
Finish system ("EIF system") has been installed or any previous owner of such
residence who incurred any costs or expenses to inspect, repair or replace the
EIF system at any time from November 14, 1990 until the date the Defendants'
continuing conduct is terminated."
Dryvit, the Company's captive insurer, First Colonial
Insurance Company, and other third party insurers are parties to a cost-sharing
arrangement which is currently funding Dryvit's defense and settlement costs.
Dryvit believes that the damages sought by the plaintiffs in these EIFS cases
are substantially covered by insurance and that such insurance is presently
adequate. Based on the continuation of Dryvit's current insurance arrangements,
the Company continues to believe that the EIFS litigation will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or
results of operations.
9
<PAGE> 10
Asbestos Litigation
-------------------
As previously reported, the Company, certain of its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, including Bondex International, Inc. ("Bondex") and
Republic Powdered Metals, Inc. ("Republic"), are defendants or co-defendants
("Defendants") in asbestos-related bodily injury lawsuits filed on behalf of
various individuals in various jurisdictions. These cases generally seek damages
for asbestos-related diseases based on alleged exposures to asbestos-containing
products previously manufactured by the Defendants. In many cases, the
plaintiffs are unable to demonstrate that any injuries they have incurred, in
fact, resulted from exposure to Defendants' products. Defendants are generally
dismissed from those cases. With respect to those cases where compensable
disease, exposure and causation are established, Defendants generally settle
for various amounts based on the seriousness of the case, the particular
jurisdiction and the number and solvency of co-defendants in a given case.
As of May 31, 2001, Defendants had a total of 1,153 active
asbestos cases compared to 636 as of May 31, 2000. Between May 31, 2000 and May
31, 2001, Defendants secured dismissals and/or settlements of 85 cases, the
total cost of which collectively to Defendants, net of insurer payments and
excluding defense costs, amounted to $851,183, compared to $586,000 for 110
cases for fiscal year 2000. This increase in the number of claims filed and the
average cost of resolving such claims is due, in part,to the bankruptcy filings
of various other asbestos litigation defendants.
Defendants continue to vigorously defend all asbestos-related
lawsuits. Under a cost-sharing agreement among the Defendants and their
insurers, the insurers are responsible for payment of substantially all of the
indemnity and defense costs with the Defendants each responsible for the
balance. The Company continues to believe that resolution of its current
asbestos cases will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In addition to the foregoing legal proceedings, various of the
Company's subsidiaries are, from time to time, parties to legal proceedings
associated with their businesses and operations. It is not possible to predict
the outcome of these proceedings, but management believes that these actions
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
position or results of operations.
Environmental Proceedings.
-------------------------
As previously reported, various of the Company's subsidiaries
are, from time to time, identified as a "potentially responsible party" under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and
similar state environmental statutes. In some cases, the Company's subsidiaries
are participating in the cost of certain clean-up efforts or other remedial
actions. However, the Company's share of such costs has not been material and
the Company believes that these environmental proceedings will not have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's consolidated financial position or
results of operations.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
Not Applicable.
10
<PAGE> 11
ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT*.
The name, age and positions of each executive officer of the
Company as of August 1, 2001 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Age Position and Offices with the Company
- ---- --- -------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Thomas C. Sullivan 64 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
James A. Karman 64 Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
Frank C. Sullivan 40 President
Glenn R. Hasman 47 Vice President - Finance and Communications
Paul G. Hoogenboom 41 Vice President - Operations and Systems
Stephen J. Knoop 36 Vice President - Corporate Development
Robert L. Matejka 58 Vice President - Controller
Ronald A. Rice 38 Vice President - Risk Management and Benefits and Assistant
Secretary
Keith R. Smiley 39 Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
P. Kelly Tompkins 44 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
</TABLE>
- -----------------------
* Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.
Thomas C. Sullivan has been Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since October 1971. From June 1971 through
September 1978, Mr. Sullivan served as President and, prior thereto, as
Executive Vice President of the Company. Mr. Sullivan's employment with the
Company commenced in 1961, and he has been a Director since 1963. Mr. Sullivan
is employed as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer under an employment
agreement for a period ending December 31, 2002. Mr. Sullivan is the father of
Frank C. Sullivan, President of the Company.
James A. Karman was elected Vice Chairman on August 5, 1999.
From September 1978 to August 1999, he served as President and Chief Operating
Officer. From October 1982 to October 1993, Mr. Karman also was the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company. From October 1973 through September 1978, Mr.
Karman served as Executive Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, and, prior
thereto, as Vice President-Finance and Treasurer of the Company. Mr. Karman's
employment with the Company commenced in 1963, and he has been a Director since
1963. Mr. Karman is employed as Vice Chairman under an employment agreement for
a period ending December 31, 2002.
Frank C. Sullivan was elected President on August 5, 1999.
From October 1995 to August 1999 he served as Executive Vice President, and was
Chief Financial Officer from October 1993 to August 1999. Mr. Sullivan served as
a Vice President from October 1991 to October 1995. Prior thereto, he served as
Director of Corporate Development of the Company from February 1989 to October
1991. Mr. Sullivan served as Regional Sales Manager, from February 1988 to
February 1989, and as a Technical Service Representative, from February 1987 to
February 1988, of AGR
11
<PAGE> 12
Company, an Ohio General Partnership formerly owned by the Company. Prior
thereto, Mr. Sullivan was employed by First Union National Bank from 1985 to
1986 and Harris Bank from 1983 to 1985. Mr. Sullivan is employed as President
under an employment agreement for a period ending May 31, 2002. Mr. Sullivan is
the son of Thomas C. Sullivan, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company.
Glenn R. Hasman was elected Vice President-Finance and
Communications on August 1, 2000. Mr. Hasman served as Vice President-Controller
from August 1999 to August 2000 and served as Vice President-Financial
Operations from October 1993 to August 1999. From July 1990 to October 1993, Mr.
Hasman served as Controller. From September 1982 through July 1990, Mr. Hasman
served in a variety of management capacities, most recently Vice
President-Operations and Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, of
Proko Industries, Inc., a former wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. From
1979 to 1982, Mr. Hasman served as RPM's Director of Internal Audit and from
1976 to 1979 he was associated with Ciulla, Smith & Dale, LLP, independent
accountants. Mr. Hasman is employed as Vice President-Finance and Communications
under an employment agreement that provides for automatic annual renewal.
Paul G. Hoogenboom was elected Vice President-Operations on
August 1, 2000. Mr Hoogenboom has also served as Vice President and General
Manager of the Company's e-commerce subsidiary, RPM-e/c, Inc., since 1999. From
1998 to 1999, Mr. Hoogenboom was a Director of Cap Gemini, a computer systems
and technology consulting firm. During 1997, Mr. Hoogenboom was employed as a
strategic marketing consultant for Xylan Corporation, a network switch
manufacturer. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Hoogenboom was Director of Corporate I.T.
and Communications for A.W. Chesterton Company, a manufacturer of fluid sealing
systems. Mr. Hoogenboom is employed as Vice President-Operations under an
employment agreement that provides for automatic annual renewal.
Stephen J. Knoop was elected Vice President-Corporate
Development on August 5, 1999. From June 1996 to August 1999, Mr. Knoop served
as Director of Corporate Development of the Company. From 1990 to May 1996, Mr.
Knoop was an associate at Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP. Mr. Knoop is employed
as Vice President-Corporate Development under an employment agreement that
provides for automatic annual renewal.
Robert L. Matejka was elected Vice President-Controller on
August 1, 2000. From 1995 to 1999, he served as Vice President-Finance of the
motor and drive systems businesses of Rockwell International Corporation. From
1973 to 1995, Mr. Matejka served in various capacities with Reliance Electric
Company, most recently as its Assistant Controller. From 1965 to 1973, he was an
Audit Supervisor with Ernst & Young. Mr. Matejka is employed as Vice President -
Controller under an employment agreement that provides for automatic annual
renewal.
Ronald A. Rice was elected Vice President-Risk Management and
Benefits and Assistant Secretary on August 5, 1999. From 1997 to August 1999, he
served as Director of Risk Management and Employee Benefits, and from 1995 to
1997 he served as Director of Benefits. From 1985 to 1995, Mr. Rice served in
various capacities with the Wyatt Company, most recently he served as Senior
Account Manager from 1992 to 1995. Mr. Rice is employed as Vice President-Risk
Management and Benefits and Assistant Secretary under an employment agreement
that provides for automatic annual renewal.
12
<PAGE> 13
Keith R. Smiley was elected Vice President and Assistant
Secretary on August 5, 1999, and has served as Treasurer of the Company since
February 1997. From October 1993 to February 1997, he served as Controller of
the Company. From January 1992 until February 1997, Mr. Smiley also served as
the Company's Internal Auditor. Prior thereto, he was associated with Ciulla,
Smith & Dale, LLP. Mr. Smiley is employed as Vice President, Treasurer and
Assistant Secretary under an employment agreement that provides for automatic
annual renewal.
P. Kelly Tompkins has served as Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary since June 1998. From June 1996 to June 1998, Mr. Tompkins
served as Assistant General Counsel. From 1987 to 1995, Mr. Tompkins was
employed by Reliance Electric Company in various positions including Senior
Corporate Counsel, Director of Corporate Development and Director of Investor
Relations. From 1985 to 1987, Mr. Tompkins was employed as a litigation attorney
by Exxon Corporation. Mr. Tompkins is employed as Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary under an employment agreement that provides for automatic
annual renewal.
13
<PAGE> 14
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS' COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS.
RPM Common Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol RPM. The high and low sales prices for the Common Shares, and
the cash and stock dividends paid on the Common Shares, for each quarter of the
two most recent fiscal years is set forth in the table below.
RANGE OF SALES PRICES AND DIVIDENDS PAID
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dividends Paid
Fiscal 2001 High Low Per Share
------------- ---- --- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1st Quarter $ 10.7500 $ 8.6250 $ 0.1225
2nd Quarter 10.2500 7.7500 0.1250
3rd Quarter 9.9375 8.2500 0.1250
4th Quarter 10.5000 8.2500 0.1250
<CAPTION>
Dividends Paid
Fiscal 2000 High Low Per Share
----------- ---- --- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1st Quarter $ 15.0625 $ 13.1250 $ 0.1175
2nd Quarter 13.5000 11.1250 0.1225
3rd Quarter 11.8750 9.5000 0.1225
4th Quarter 11.3125 9.6875 0.1225
</TABLE>
- --------------------
Source: The Wall Street Journal
Cash dividends are payable quarterly, upon authorization of
the Board of Directors. Regular payment dates are approximately the 30th day of
July, October, January and April. RPM maintains a Dividend Reinvestment Plan
whereby cash dividends, and a maximum of an additional $5,000 per month, may be
invested in RPM Common Shares purchased in the open market at no commission cost
to the participant.
The number of holders of record of RPM Common Shares as of
August 17, 2001 was approximately 42,036.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
None.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial
data of the Company for each of the five years during the period ended May 31,
2001. The data was derived from the
14
<PAGE> 15
annual Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company which have been audited
by Ciulla, Smith & Dale, LLP, independent accountants.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
--------------------------
2001 2000* 1999* 1998* 1997*
---- ----- ----- ----- -----
(Amounts in thousands, except per share
and percentage data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales $2,007,762 $1,962,410 $1,720,628 $1,623,326 $1,356,588
Income before income taxes 101,487 71,761 159,597 149,556 135,728
Net income 62,961 40,992 94,546 87,837 78,315
Return on sales % 3.1% 2.1% 5.5% 5.4% 5.8%
Basic earnings per share 0.62 0.38 0.87 0.89 0.81
Diluted earnings per share 0.62 0.38 0.86 0.84 0.76
Shareholders' equity 639,710 645,724 742,876 566,337 493,398
Shareholders' equity per share 6.26 6.02 6.83 5.75 5.07
Return on shareholders' equity % 9.8% 5.9% 14.4% 16.6% 16.7%
Average shares outstanding 102,202 107,221 108,731 98,527 97,285
Cash dividends paid 50,605 51,901 50,446 43,474 39,746
Cash dividends per share 0.498 0.485 0.465 0.440 0.408
Retained earnings 360,458 348,102 359,011 314,911 270,465
Working capital 443,652 408,890 402,870 387,284 478,535
Total assets 2,078,490 2,099,203 1,737,236 1,685,917 1,633,228
Long-term debt 955,399 959,330 582,109 716,989 784,439
Depreciation and amortization 81,494 79,150 62,135 57,009 51,145
</TABLE>
- ---------------
Note: Acquisitions made by the Company during the periods presented may impact
comparability from year to year. See Note A(2) of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
for information concerning acquisitions for fiscal years 2001 and 2000.
*Net sales for fiscal years 1997-2000 have been restated for the
Financial Accounting Standard Board's Emerging Issues Task Force pronouncements
adopted in the 2001 fiscal year. This change has no effect on net income. See
Note A(16) of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which appear elsewhere
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The information required by this item is set forth at pages 6
through 13 of the 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders, which information is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest
rates and foreign currency exchange rates since it funds its operations through
long-and short-term borrowings and denominates its business transactions in a
variety of foreign currencies. A summary of the Company's primary market risk
exposures is presented below.
15
<PAGE> 16
Interest Rate Risk
The Company's primary interest rate risk exposure results from
floating rate debt including various revolving credit and other lines of credit.
At May 31, 2001, approximately 83% of the Company's total long-term debt
consisted of floating rate debt. If interest rates were to increase 100 basis
points (1%) from May 31, 2001 rates, and assuming no changes in long-term debt
from the May 31, 2001 levels, the additional annual expense would be
approximately $8.0 million on a pre-tax basis. The Company currently does not
hedge its exposure to this floating rate interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Risk
The Company's foreign sales and results of operations are
subject to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. As most of the Company's
foreign operations are in countries with fairly stable currencies, such as the
United Kingdom, Belgium and Canada, this effect has not been material. In
addition, foreign debt is denominated in the respective foreign currency,
thereby eliminating any related translation impact on earnings. If the dollar
continues to strengthen, the Company's foreign results of operations will be
negatively impacted, but the effect is not expected to be material. A 10%
adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates would not have resulted in a
material impact on the Company's net income for the fiscal year ended May 31,
2001. The Company does not currently hedge against the risk of exchange rate
fluctuations.
Euro Currency Conversion
On January 1, 1999, eleven of the fifteen members of the
European Union adopted a new European currency unit (the "euro") as their common
legal currency. The participating countries' national currencies will remain
legal tender as denominations of the euro from January 1, 1999 through January
1, 2002, and the exchange rates between the euro and such national currency
units will be fixed. The Company has assessed the potential impact of the euro
currency conversion on its operating results and financial condition. The impact
of pricing differences on country-to-country indebtedness is not expected to be
material. The Company converted its European operations to the euro currency
basis effective June 1, 1999.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The information required by this item is set forth at pages 14
through 30 of the 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders, which information is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
16
<PAGE> 17
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
Information required by this item as to the Directors of the
Company appearing under the caption "Election of Directors" in the Company's
2001 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Information required
by this item as to the Executive Officers of the Company is included as Item 4A
of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as permitted by Instruction 3 to
Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. Information required by Item 405 of Regulation
S-K is set forth in the 2001 Proxy Statement under the heading "Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," which information is incorporated
herein by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this item is set forth in the 2001
Proxy Statement under the heading "Executive Compensation," which information is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT.
The information required by this item is set forth in the 2001
Proxy Statement under the heading "Share Ownership of Principal Holders and
Management," which information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
The information required by this item is set forth in the 2001
Proxy Statement under the heading "Election of Directors," which information is
incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON
FORM 8-K.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this 2001 Annual Report
on Form 10-K:
1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The following consolidated financial
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and the report of independent
auditors thereon, included in the 2001 Annual Report to Shareholders on pages 14
through 30, are incorporated by reference in Item 8:
Independent Auditors' Report
Consolidated Balance Sheets -
May 31, 2001 and 2000
Consolidated Statements of Income -
years ended May 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders'
17
<PAGE> 18
Equity - years ended May 31, 2001, 2000
and 1999
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
years ended May 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements (including Unaudited Quarterly
Financial Information)
2. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. The following consolidated
financial statement schedule of the Company and its subsidiaries and the report
of independent auditors thereon are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form
10-K and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the 2001 Annual
Report to Shareholders:
Schedule Page No.
-------- --------
Independent Auditors' Report S-1
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying S-2
Accounts and Reserves
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable
or not required, or because the required information is included in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits.
--------
See the Index to Exhibits at page E-1 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
-------------------
The Company did not file a Current Report on Form 8-K during
the fourth fiscal quarter.
18
<PAGE> 19
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
RPM, INC.
Date: August 29, 2001 By: /s/ Thomas C. Sullivan
------------------------
Thomas C. Sullivan
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature and Title
Chairman of the Board of
/s/ Thomas C. Sullivan Directors and Chief Executive
- ------------------------------------ Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas C. Sullivan
/s/ James A. Karman Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------------ and a Director
James A. Karman (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Frank C. Sullivan
- ------------------------------------ President and a Director
Frank C. Sullivan
/s/ Robert L. Matejka Vice President-Controller
- ------------------------------------ (Principal Accounting Officer)
Robert L. Matejka
/s/ Edward B. Brandon Director
- ------------------------------------
Edward B. Brandon
/s/ Lorrie Gustin Director
- ------------------------------------
Lorrie Gustin
/s/ E. Bradley Jones Director
- ------------------------------------
E. Bradley Jones
19
<PAGE> 20
/s/ Donald K. Miller Director
- ------------------------------------
Donald K. Miller
/s/ William A. Papenbrock Director
- ------------------------------------
William A. Papenbrock
/s/ Albert B. Ratner Director
- ------------------------------------
Albert B. Ratner
/s/ Jerry Sue Thornton Director
- ------------------------------------
Jerry Sue Thornton
/s/ Joseph P. Viviano Director
- ------------------------------------
Joseph P. Viviano
Date: August 29, 2001
20
<PAGE> 21
RPM, INC.
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
3.1 Amended Articles of Incorporation, of RPM, Inc., which
is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 as filed
with the Commission on January 6, 1997.
3.2 Amended Code of Regulations.
4.1 Specimen Certificate of Common Shares, without par
value, of RPM, Inc., which is incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998.
4.2 Specimen Note Certificate for 7.0% Senior Notes Due
2005, which is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form S-4 as filed with the Commission on August 3, 1995.
4.3 Specimen Note Certificate of Liquid Asset Notes With
Coupon Exchange ("LANCEs(SM)") Due 2008, which is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 1998.
4.4 Rights Agreement by and between RPM, Inc. and Harris
Trust and Savings Bank dated as of April 28, 1999, which
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A as
filed with the Commission on May 11, 1999.
4.4.1 Amendment to Rights Agreement dated December 18, 2000 by
and among the Company, Computershare Investor Services
(formerly Harris Trust and Savings Bank) and National
City Bank.
4.5 Indenture, dated as of June 1, 1995, between RPM, Inc.
and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee, with
respect to the 7.0% Senior Notes Due 2005, which is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 as filed
with the Commission on August 3, 1995.
4.6 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 5, 1998
to the Indenture dated as of June 1, 1995, between RPM,
Inc. and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee,
with respect to the Liquid Asset Notes with Coupon
Exchange ("LANCEs(SM)") due 2008, which is incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31, 1998.
*10.1 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of
February 1, 2001, by and between RPM, Inc. and Thomas C.
Sullivan, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer, which is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2001.
E-1
<PAGE> 22
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
*10.2 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of
February 1, 2001, by and between RPM, Inc. and James A.
Karman, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, which
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended February 28, 2001.
*10.3 Form of Employment Agreement entered into by and between
RPM, Inc. and each of Frank C. Sullivan, President, P.
Kelly Tompkins, Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary, Glenn R. Hasman, Vice President - Finance and
Communications, Stephen J. Knoop, Vice President -
Corporate Development, Robert L. Matejka, Vice President
- Controller, Ronald A. Rice, Vice President - Risk
Management and Benefits and Assistant Secretary and
Keith R. Smiley, Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
Secretary, which is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2001.
*10.4 RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form
of Stock Option Agreements to be used in connection
therewith.
*10.5 RPM, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, and form of Stock
Option Agreement to be used in connection therewith,
which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended May 31, 1997.
*10.5.1 Amendment No. 1 to RPM, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan,
which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.7.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998.
*10.5.2 Amendment to RPM, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, which is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3.1 to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 as filed
with the Commission on May 3, 2001.
*10.6 RPM, Inc. Retirement Savings Trust and Plan, as amended.
*10.7 RPM, Inc. Benefit Restoration Plan.
*10.8 RPM, Inc. Board of Directors' Deferred Compensation
Agreement, as amended and restated, which is
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 1999.
*10.9 RPM, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees,
which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999.
*10.10 RPM, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan.
*10.11 RPM, Inc. 1997 Restricted Stock Plan, and Form of
Acceptance and Escrow Agreement to be used in connection
therewith, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarterly period ended November 30, 1997.
*10.12 Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and
between the Company and each of its Directors and
Executive Officers.
E-2
<PAGE> 23
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
10.13 364-Day $200,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of July
14, 2000, among the Company, The Chase Manhattan Bank as
Administrative Agent and Chase Securities Inc., which is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended May 31, 2000.
10.14 Five-Year $500,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of
July 14, 2000, among the Company, The Chase Manhattan
Bank as Administrative Agent and Chase Securities Inc.,
which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended May 31, 2000.
10.15 Commercial Paper Placement Agency Agreement, dated as of
August 10, 1999, between the Company and Chase
Securities, Inc. (similar forms of agreement were also
executed with Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. and Banc of
America Securities LLC) incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended August 31,
1999.
11.1 Computation of Net Income per Common Share.
13.1 Financial Statements contained in 2001 Annual Report to
Shareholders.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1 Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants.
- ------------------------------
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement identified
pursuant to Item 14(c) of this Form 10-K.
E-3
<PAGE> 24
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
To The Board of Directors and
Shareholders
RPM, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Medina, Ohio
The audits referred to in our report to the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of RPM, Inc. and Subsidiaries dated July 2, 2001 relating to the consolidated
financial statements of RPM, Inc. and Subsidiaries included the audit of the
schedule listed under Item 14 of Form 10-K for each of the three years in the
period ended May 31, 2001. This financial statement schedule is the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on this financial statement schedule based upon our audits.
In our opinion such financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ Ciulla, Smith & Dale LLP
Ciulla, Smith & Dale, LLP
August 28, 2001
S-1
<PAGE> 25
RPM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
--------------------------
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES Schedule II
----------------------------------------------
(In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additions
Charged to
Balance at Additions Selling, Additions
Beginning Charged to General and Charged to
Of Period Cost of Sales Administrative Restructuring
----------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended May 31, 2001
- -----------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 16,248 $ $ 8,817 $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued loss reserves - Current $ 64,765 $ $ 15,329 $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued warranty reserves - Long-term $ 13,740 $ $ (209) $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued restructuring reserves $ 13,540 $ $ $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Year Ended May 31, 2000
- -----------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 14,248 $ $ 9,794 $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued loss reserves - Current $ 49,296 $ $ 28,241 $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued warranty reserves - Long-term $ 18,816 $ $ (2,836) $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued restructuring reserves $ 1,638 $ 7,876 $ $ 51,970
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Year Ended May 31, 1999
- -----------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 12,718 $ $ 6,205 $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued loss reserves - Current $ 43,332 $ $ 10,248 $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued warranty reserves - Long-term $ 23,496 $ $ (1,204) $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
Accrued restructuring reserves $ 5,719 $ $ $
=========== ============= =============== ===============
<CAPTION>
Balance at
End
Acquisitions Deductions Of Period
------------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended May 31, 2001
- -----------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 10 $ 7,370 (1) $ 17,705
============= ============ ===============
Accrued loss reserves - Current $ $ 24,678 (2) $ 55,416
============= ============ ===============
Accrued warranty reserves - Long-term $ $ 1,572 (2) $ 11,959
============= ============ ===============
Accrued restructuring reserves $ $ 13,540 (3) $
============= ============ ===============
Year Ended May 31, 2000
- -----------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 644 $ 8,438 (1) $ 16,248
============= ============ ===============
Accrued loss reserves - Current $ 9,119 $ 21,891 (2) $ 64,765
============= ============ ===============
Accrued warranty reserves - Long-term $ $ 2,240 (2) $ 13,740
============= ============ ===============
Accrued restructuring reserves $ $ 47,944 (3) $ 13,540
============= ============ ===============
Year Ended May 31, 1999
- -----------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ 584 $ 5,259 (1) $ 14,248
============= ============ ===============
Accrued loss reserves - Current $ 363 $ 4,647 (2) $ 49,296
============= ============ ===============
Accrued warranty reserves - Long-term $ $ 3,476 (2) $ 18,816
============= ============ ===============
Accrued restructuring reserves $ $ 4,081 (3) $ 1,638
============= ============ ===============
</TABLE>
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries
(2) Primarily claims paid during the year
(3) Restructuring initiatives completed during the year
S-2
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3.2
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>l89965aex3-2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 3.2
<TEXT>
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 3.2
RPM, INC.
AMENDED CODE OF REGULATIONS
(AS AMENDED ON OCTOBER 14, 1987)
ARTICLE I
SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING.
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company for the
election of Directors, the consideration of financial statements and other
reports to be laid before such meeting, and the transaction of such other
business as may be brought before such meeting shall be held at such date and
time during the month of September or October of each year as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors. If no other date is designated by the
Board of Directors, the Annual Meeting shall be held at 2:00 o'clock P.M. on the
fourth Thursday in October of each year, if not a legal holiday, or, if a legal
holiday, then on the next succeeding business day. Upon due notice there may
also be considered and acted upon at an Annual Meeting any matter which could
properly be considered and acted upon at a Special Meeting.
SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Special Meetings of Shareholders of the Company may be held on
any business day when called by the Chairman of the Board, or the President, or
by the Board of Directors acting at a meeting, or a majority of the Directors
acting without a meeting, or by shareholders holding at least forty-five percent
(45%) of all shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Special Meetings
may convene only between the hours of 9:00 o'clock A.M. and 4:00 o'clock P.M.
Upon request in writing delivered either in person or by registered mail to the
President or the Secretary by any persons entitled to call a meeting of
shareholders, such officer shall in accordance with the provisions of Section 4
of this Article I, forthwith cause to be given to the shareholders entitled
thereto the requisite notice of a meeting to be held on a date not less than
seven (7) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of such request, as such
officer may fix. If such notice is not given within thirty (30) days after the
delivery or mailing of such request, the persons calling the meeting may fix the
date and time of the meeting and give notice thereof in the manner provided by
law and these Regulations, or cause such notice to be given by any designated
representative. Calls for Special Meetings shall specify the purpose or purposes
thereof, and no business shall be considered at any such meeting other than that
specified in the call therefor.
<PAGE> 2
SECTION 3. PLACE OF MEETINGS.
Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office
of the Company in the State of Ohio unless the Board of Directors acting at a
meeting or a majority of the Directors acting without a meeting, designates some
other place either within or without the State of Ohio and causes the notice
thereof to so specify.
SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS AND WAIVER.
(a) Not less than seven (7) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date fixed for a meeting of shareholders, written notice stating the
time, place and purposes of such meeting shall be given by or at the direction
of the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, an Assistant
Secretary, or any other person required or permitted by these Regulations to
give such notice. The notice shall be given by personal delivery or by mail to
each shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting who is of record as of the
date next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if another record date
therefor is duly fixed, of record as of said date. If mailed, such notice shall
be addressed to the shareholders at their respective addresses as they appear on
the records of the Company, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given
on the date on which it was deposited in the mail. If said record date shall
fall on a holiday, the record date shall be taken as of the close of business on
the next preceding day which is not a holiday.
(b) Notice of the time, place and purposes of any meeting of
shareholders may be waived by any shareholder in writing, either before or after
the holding of such meeting, which writing shall be filed with or entered upon
the records of the meeting. The attendance of a shareholder at any such meeting
without protesting, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, the lack of
proper notice shall be deemed to be a waiver by him of notice of such meeting.
SECTION 5. QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT.
(a) At any meeting of shareholders, the holders of shares
entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company,
present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for such meeting;
provided, however, that no action required by law, the Amended Articles of
Incorporation or these Regulations to be authorized or taken by the holders of a
designated proportion of shares of any particular class or of each class of the
Company may be authorized or taken by a lesser proportion; and provided further,
that the holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting,
whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
(b) If any meeting is adjourned, notice of adjournment need
not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and
announced at such meeting, except as otherwise provided in Article IV.
SECTION 6. ORGANIZATION OF MEETINGS.
(a) The President or in his absence such officer as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors, or lacking such designation any Vice
President, shall call to order all meetings of shareholders and act as chairman
thereof.
(b) The Secretary, or in his absence an Assistant Secretary,
shall act as secretary and keep the minutes of all meetings of shareholders, and
in the absence of both, the officer acting as chairman of the meeting shall
appoint any other officer to perform such duties.
(c) At each meeting an alphabetically arranged list or
classified list of shareholders of record who are entitled to vote as of the
applicable record date, showing their respective addresses and the number and
class of shares held by each, shall be produced by the Secretary, Assistant
Secretary or the particular agent having charge of the transfer of the shares.
This list, when certified by such officer or agent, shall be prima facie
evidence of the ownership or the facts shown therein.
SECTION 7. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.
(a) The Directors, in advance of any meeting of shareholders,
may appoint inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournments
thereof. If inspectors are not so appointed, the officer or person acting as
chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his
proxy shall, make such appointment.
(b) In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear
or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Directors in
advance of the meeting, or at the meeting by the officer or person acting as
chairman.
(c) If there are three (3) or more inspectors, the decision,
act or certificate of a majority of them shall be effective in all respects as
the decision, act or certificate of all.
(d) The inspectors shall determine the number of shares
outstanding, the voting rights with respect to each, the shares represented at
the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and
factual effect of proxies; receive votes, ballots, consents, waivers or
releases; hear and determine all matters of challenges, ownership and questions
arising in connection with the voting; count and tabulate all votes, consents,
-3-
<PAGE> 4
waivers and releases; determine and announce the result; and do such other acts
as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
(e) On request, the inspectors shall make a report in writing
of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a
certificate of any fact found by them. The certificate of the inspectors shall
be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein and of the results of the
voting as certified by them.
SECTION 8. VOTING.
Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Amended Articles
of Incorporation or these Regulations, every shareholder entitled to vote shall
be entitled to cast one vote, in person or by proxy, on each proposal submitted
to the meeting for each share held of record by him on the record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting. At any
meeting at which a quorum is present all questions and business which shall come
before the meeting shall be determined by the vote of the holders of a majority
of such voting shares as are represented in person or by proxy at such meeting,
except when a greater proportion is required by law, the Amended Articles of
Incorporation or these Regulations.
SECTION 9. PROXIES.
A person who is entitled to attend a shareholders' meeting, to
vote thereat or to execute consents, waivers or releases, may be represented at
such meeting or vote thereat, and execute consents, waivers and releases, and
exercise any of his rights by proxy or proxies appointed by a writing signed by
such person or his duly authorized agent, as provided by the laws of the State
of Ohio.
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. GENERAL POWERS.
Except where the law, the Amended Articles of Incorporation or
these Regulations require action to be authorized or taken by shareholders, all
of the authority of the Company shall be exercised by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.
The Board of Directors of the Company, none of whom need be
shareholders, shall consist of not less than nine (9) nor more than fifteen (15)
members. Without amendment of these Regulations, the number of Directors within
the above limitation
-4-
<PAGE> 5
may be fixed or changed at any Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders called
for that purpose at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the shares which are represented at the meeting and
entitled to vote on such proposal; provided, however, that the number of
Directors fixed at any meeting may not be greater by more than one Director than
the number fixed or authorized at the next preceding Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, and provided further, that no reduction in the number of Directors
shall of itself have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent
Director. Whenever the shareholders shall have so fixed the number of Directors,
such number shall thereafter continue to be the authorized number of Directors
until the same shall be changed by vote of the shareholders as above provided.
SECTION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.
The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes,
with each class consisting of not less than three (3) Directors. Each Class
shall consist of an equal number of Directors, except that in the event the
total number of Directors is not divisible by three (3), an extra Director shall
be assigned to Class I if there is one (1) extra Director to be assigned among
the classes, and an extra Director shall be assigned to each of Classes I and II
if there are two (2) extra Directors to be assigned among the classes. Neither
the repeal nor any amendment of the provisions of this Section 3 shall have the
effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director.
SECTION 4. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
The Directors shall be elected at the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, or if the Annual Meeting is not held or Directors are not elected
thereat, at a Special Meeting of Shareholders called and held for that purpose.
A separate election shall be held for each class of Directors. At a meeting of
shareholders at which Directors are to be elected, only persons nominated as
candidates shall be eligible for election as Directors, and the candidates
receiving the greatest number of votes shall be elected.
SECTION 5. TERM OF OFFICE AND VACANCIES.
(a) The term of office of those Directors elected to Class III
at the meeting of shareholders at which this subparagraph (a) is adopted shall
expire at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders next ensuing; the term of office of
those Directors elected to Class II at the meeting of shareholders at which this
subparagraph (a) is adopted shall expire at the second Annual Meeting next
ensuing; and the term of office of those Directors elected to Class I at the
meeting of shareholders at which this Section 5 is adopted shall expire at the
third Annual Meeting next ensuing. The foregoing notwithstanding, each Director
shall serve until his successor shall have been duly elected, or until his
earlier resignation, removal from office, or death. At each Annual Meeting
-5-
<PAGE> 6
of Shareholders held after the first election of Directors by class, Directors
chosen to succeed those whose terms expire shall be identified as belonging to
the same class as the Directors they succeed and shall be elected for a term
ending at the third Annual Meeting of Shareholders next following their election
or until their earlier resignation, removal from office, or death.
(b) Any Director may resign at any time by oral statement to
that effect made at a meeting of the Board or in a writing to that effect
delivered to the President or Secretary, such resignation to take effect
immediately or at such other time as the Directors may specify.
(c) In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy or vacancies
in the Board of Directors, irrespective of the reason therefor, the remaining
Directors, though less than a majority of the whole authorized number of
Directors, may by the vote of a majority of their number fill such vacancy or
vacancies for the remainder of the unexpired term.
SECTION 6. MEETINGS, NOTICE AND WAIVER.
(a) As soon after each Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or
Special Meeting held in lieu thereof) as practicable, the Directors shall hold
an organizational meeting for the purpose of electing officers and the
transaction of any other business. Other meetings of the Board may be held at
any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any two
(2) Directors. Meetings of the Board may be held within or without the State of
Ohio. Written notice of the time and place of each meeting of the Board shall be
given to each Director either by personal delivery, mail, telegram or cablegram
at least two (2) days before the meeting, which notice need not specify the
purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the notice
thereof any business may be transacted at any meeting of the Board.
(b) Notice of any meeting of the Board may be waived by any
Director in writing, either before or after such meeting, or by his attendance
at any such meeting without protesting the lack of proper notice prior to or at
the commencement of such meeting. If any meeting is adjourned, notice of the
adjournment need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are
fixed and announced at such meeting.
SECTION 7. QUORUM AND VOTING.
(a) At any meeting of the Board of Directors, not less than
one-half of the Directors then in office shall be necessary to constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, provided that a majority
of the Directors at a meeting duly held, whether or not a quorum exists, may
adjourn such meeting from time to time.
-6-
<PAGE> 7
(b) At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum
is present, all acts, questions and business which may come before the meeting
shall be determined by a majority vote of those Directors present, unless the
vote or act of a greater number is required by the Amended Articles of
Incorporation or these Regulations.
SECTION 8. ACTION OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING.
Any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of
the Board of Directors may be authorized or taken without a meeting if approved
and authorized by a writing or writings signed by all the Directors, which
writing or writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the
Company.
SECTION 9. COMMITTEES.
(a) The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint
certain of its members (but not less than three (3)) to act as a Committee or
Committees of Directors, and, subject to the provisions of this Section, may
delegate to any such Committee any of the authority of the Board, however
conferred, other than that of filling vacancies among the Directors or in any
Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may likewise appoint one or more
Directors as alternate members of any such Committee, who may take the place of
any absent member or members at any meeting of such Committee. Each such member
and each such alternate shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.
(b) In particular, the Board of Directors may create an
Executive Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section. If
created, the Executive Committee shall possess and may exercise all of the
powers of the Board in the management and control of the business of the Company
during the intervals between meetings of the Board subject to the provisions of
this Section. The chairman of the Executive Committee shall be determined by the
Board of Directors from time to time. All action taken by the Executive
Committee shall be reported in writing to the Board of Directors at its first
meeting thereafter.
(c) Each such Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors, shall act only in the intervals between meetings of the
Board, and shall be subject to the control and direction of the Board. Each
Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and shall report the
same to the Board when required.
(d) An act or authorization of any act by any such Committee
within the authority delegated to it shall be effective for all purposes as the
act or authorization of the Board of Directors. In every case the affirmative
vote of a majority of its members at a meeting, or the written consent of all of
the members
-7-
<PAGE> 8
of any such Committee without a meeting, shall be necessary for the taking or
approval of any action.
(e) Each such Committee may prescribe such rules as it shall
determine for calling and holding meetings and its method of procedure, subject
to the provisions of this Section and any rules prescribed by the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 10. COMPENSATION.
For his attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors
or of a Committee of Directors, or for other services rendered, each Director
shall receive such reasonable compensation, reimbursement for expenses, and
other benefits as the Board shall from time to time determine and irrespective
of any personal interest of any of them.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
SECTION 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS, POWERS AND DUTIES.
(a) The Board of Directors, at its organization meeting, shall
elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, in its discretion, may
elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant
Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as the Board may from
time to time deem necessary. The Chairman of the Board, if any, and the
President, shall be chosen from among the members of the Board; however, none of
the other officers need be a Director. Any two (2) or more of such offices may
be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge, attest or
verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required
to be executed, acknowledged, attested or verified by two (2) or more officers.
(b) All officers, as between themselves and the Company, shall
respectively have such authority and perform such duties as are customarily
incident to their respective offices and as may be specified from time to time
by the Board of Directors regardless of whether such authority and duties are
customarily incident to such offices. In the absence of any officer of the
Company, or for any other reason the Board may deem sufficient, the Board may
delegate from time to time the powers or duties of such officer, or any of them,
to any other officer or to any Director. The Board may from time to time
delegate to any officer authority to appoint and remove subordinate officers and
to prescribe their authority and duties.
-8-
<PAGE> 9
SECTION 2. TERM OF OFFICE, REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.
Each elected officer of the Company shall hold office until
the next organizational meeting of the Board of Directors and until his
successor is elected, or until his earlier resignation, death, removal from
office or retirement. The Board of Directors may remove any officer at any time,
with or without cause, by a majority vote of the members of the Board then in
office. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.
If no Chairman of the Board is elected, the President shall be
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If a Chairman of the Board is
elected, the Board shall designate either the Chairman of the Board or the
President as Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the direction of the Board, the
Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have general executive supervision
over and direction of the Company's business, affairs and property, and over its
several officers, in addition to his duties set forth in Section 4 and 5 of this
Article III, as the case may be, and shall see that all orders and resolutions
of the Board are carried into effect.
SECTION 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.
The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside at
all meetings of the Board of Directors, may execute any documents in the name of
the Company, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties as may
be prescribed by the Board.
SECTION 5. PRESIDENT.
The President shall preside at all meetings of shareholders,
and, unless there shall be a Chairman of the Board so presiding in accordance
with Section 4 of this Article, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The
President shall have general and active supervision of the operations of the
Company, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors. In the absence or
incapacity of the Chairman of the Board, or if one shall not have been elected,
the President shall perform all duties and functions of the Chairman of the
Board. He may execute any documents in the name of the Company and shall have
such other authority and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board.
SECTION 6. VICE PRESIDENTS.
The Vice President or Vice Presidents, if any are elected,
shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by
the Board of Directors or as may be delegated to them by the Chairman of the
Board or the President from time to time.
-9-
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 7. SECRETARY.
The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of
Shareholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall keep such books and records
as may be required by the Board of Directors, give such notice of Shareholders'
meetings and Board meetings as may be required by law or these Regulations, or
otherwise, and perform such other duties as the Board may prescribe.
SECTION 8. TREASURER.
The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer, and if
there is no Controller, the chief accounting officer of the Company. He shall
receive and have charge of all moneys, bills, notes, bonds, stocks in other
corporations, and similar property belonging to the Company, and shall do with
the same as shall be ordered by the Board of Directors. He shall keep accurate
financial accounts and hold the same open for inspection and examination by the
Directors, and shall have such authority and shall perform such other duties as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 9. CONTROLLER.
The Controller, if one is elected, shall be the chief
accounting officer of the Company. He shall prepare such accounting statistics,
records and reports as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and generally
do and perform all such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.
SECTION 10. ASSISTANT OFFICERS.
Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and/or Assistant
Controllers, if any, shall have such powers and perform such duties as shall be
delegated and directed by their respective principal officers or as the Board
may prescribe.
SECTION 11. OTHER OFFICERS.
All other officers shall have such powers and perform such
duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
SECTION 12. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.
The Board of Directors is authorized to delegate the authority
and duties of any officer to any other officer and generally to control the
action of the officers and to require the performance of duties in addition to
those mentioned herein.
SECTION 13. COMPENSATION.
The Board of Directors is authorized to establish officers'
compensation for services to the Company, or to provide
-10-
<PAGE> 11
the method of determining such compensation, which may include pensions,
disability and death benefits or other benefits, and may be by way of fixed
salary, or on the basis of earnings of the Company, or any combination thereof,
or otherwise, or the Board may delegate such authority to a committee of the
Board or to any one or more officers or Directors.
ARTICLE IV
RECORD DATES
For any lawful purpose including without limitation the
determination of the Shareholders who are entitled to: (1) receive notice of or
to vote at a meeting of Shareholders; (2) receive payment of any dividend or
distribution; (3) receive or exercise rights of purchase of or subscription for,
or exchange or conversion of, shares or other securities, subject to contract
rights with respect thereto; or (4) participate in the execution of written
consents, waivers or releases; the Board of Directors may fix a record date
which shall not be a date earlier than the date on which the record date is
fixed and, in the cases provided for in clauses (1), (2), and (3) above, shall
not be more than sixty (60) days preceding the date of the meeting of
shareholders, or the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution,
or the date fixed for the receipt or the exercise of rights, as the case may be.
The record date for the purpose of the determination of the shareholders who are
entitled to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall
continue to be the record date for all adjournments of such meeting, unless the
Board of Directors or the persons who shall have fixed the original record date
shall, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article, fix another date.
In case a new record date is so fixed, notice thereof and of the date to which
the meeting shall have been adjourned shall be given to shareholders of record
as of such date in accordance with the same requirements as those applying to a
meeting newly called. The Board of Directors may close the share transfer books
against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of the period provided
for in this Article, including the date of the meeting of shareholders and the
period ending with the date, if any, to which adjourned.
ARTICLE V
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
SECTION 1. FORM OF CERTIFICATES AND SIGNATURES.
Each holder of shares is entitled to one or more certificates,
signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by
the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of
the Company, which shall
-11-
<PAGE> 12
certify the number and class of shares held by such shareholder in the Company,
but no certificates for shares shall be executed or delivered until such shares
are fully paid. When such a certificate is countersigned by an incorporated
transfer agent or registrar, the signature of any of said officers of the
Company may be a facsimile, engraved, stamped or printed. Although any officer
of the Company whose manual or facsimile, engraved, stamped or printed signature
is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer before the
certificate is delivered, such certificate shall be effective in all respects
when delivered.
SECTION 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES.
Shares of the Company shall be transferable upon the books of
the Company by the holder thereof in person or by his duly authorized attorney,
upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares of
the same class or series, with duly executed assignment and power of transfer
endorsed thereon or attached thereto, and with such proof of authenticity of the
signatures to such assignment and power of transfer as the Company or its agents
may reasonably require.
SECTION 3. LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.
The Company may issue a new certificate for shares in place of
any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Company alleged to
have been lost, stolen or destroyed and upon the making of an affidavit of that
fact by the person claiming the certificate to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the
Board of Directors may, in its discretion, and as a condition precedent to the
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate or certificates, or his legal representatives, to give the Company a
bond in such sum and containing such terms as the Board may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the
certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
SECTION 4. TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS.
The Board of Directors may appoint, or revoke the appointment
of, transfer agents and registrars and may require all certificates for shares
to bear the signatures of such transfer agents and registrars or any of them.
SECTION 5. ADDITIONAL BOARD AUTHORITY.
The Board of Directors shall have authority to make all such
rules and regulations consistent with any applicable laws, the Amended Articles
of Incorporation and these Regulations, as it may deem necessary or desirable
concerning the issuance, execution and
-12-
<PAGE> 13
delivery, transfer and registration, surrender and cancellation of certificates
for shares of the Company.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
TRUSTEES, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
SECTION 1. IN GENERAL.
Upon the submission of a reasonably timely written request for
indemnification setting forth the facts of and reasons for such request, the
Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other
than an action brought by or in the right of the Company, if his involvement in
such action, suit or proceeding arises by reason of the fact that he is or was a
Director, Officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at
the request of the Company as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee, or agent
of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, decrees,
penalties, amounts paid with the written consent of the Company upon a plea of
nolo contendere, and amounts paid in settlement, which are actually imposed upon
or reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or
proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding, if he had no reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by
judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere,
or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person
did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct
was unlawful.
SECTION 2. ACTIONS BY THE COMPANY AND DERIVATIVE ACTIONS.
Upon the submission of a reasonably timely written request for
indemnification setting forth the facts of and reason for such request, the
Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit brought by
or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company's favor, if
his involvement in such action or suit arises by reason of the fact that he is
or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee,
or agent of any other
-13-
<PAGE> 14
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in
respect of (a) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person is adjudged to
be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties to the
Company, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas, or the
Court in which such action or suit was brought, determines upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability for negligence or misconduct, but in
view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Common Pleas
or such other Court shall deem proper, or (b) any action or suit in which the
only liability asserted against a Director is pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the
Ohio Revised Code.
SECTION 3. MERITORIOUS OR OTHERWISE SUCCESSFUL DEFENSES.
Notwithstanding the standards of conduct established in
Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VI, to the extent that a Director, Trustee,
Officer, employee, or agent has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of
this Article VI, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he shall
be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees), actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit or proceeding.
SECTION 4. APPLICATION OF STANDARDS OF CONDUCT.
Any indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI,
unless ordered by a Court, shall be made by the Company only as authorized in
the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director,
Trustee, Officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this
Article VI. Such determination shall be made as follows: (a) by a majority vote
of a quorum consisting of Directors of the Company who were not and are not
parties to or threatened with any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if
such a quorum is not obtainable or if a majority vote of a quorum of
disinterested Directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal
counsel other than an attorney or a firm having associated with it an attorney
who has been retained by or who has performed services for the Company or any
person to be indemnified within the past five years, or (c) by the shareholders,
or (d) by the Court of Common Pleas or the Court in which such action, suit, or
proceeding was brought. Any determination made by the disinterested Directors or
by independent legal counsel under this Section 4 shall be promptly communicated
to any person who threatened or brought an
-14-
<PAGE> 15
action or suit by or in the right of the Company under Section 2 of this Article
VI.
SECTION 5. ADVANCE OF EXPENSES.
In the case of an action, suit or proceeding
involving a Director, unless the only liability asserted against such Director
in a proceeding referred to in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI is pursuant to
Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code, the Company shall pay expenses
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by a Director in defending such action,
suit or proceeding as they are incurred in advance of the final disposition of
such action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf
of the Director in which such Director agrees to both (a) repay such amount if
it is proven by clear and convincing evidence in a Court of competent
jurisdiction that his action or failure to act involved an act or omission
undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Company or undertaken
with reckless disregard to the best interests of the Company, and (b) reasonably
cooperate with the Company concerning the action, suit or proceeding.
Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a Director,
Trustee, Officer, employee, or agent in defending any action, suit or proceeding
referred to in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI shall be paid by the Company
as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or
proceeding as authorized by the Directors in the specific case upon receipt of
an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or
agent to repay such amount, if it is determined that such person is not entitled
to be indemnified by the Company.
SECTION 6. OTHER REMEDIES.
The indemnification authorized by this Article VI shall not be
exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights granted to those
seeking indemnification under the Company's Amended Articles of Incorporation,
other provisions of these Regulations, any agreement, any insurance purchased by
the Company, any vote of the Company's shareholders or disinterested Directors,
or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a
person. The Company, through appropriate action by its Officers, Directors
and/or shareholders, is hereby specifically authorized to take any and all
further action to effectuate any indemnification of any person which any Ohio
corporation may have power to take.
-15-
<PAGE> 16
SECTION 7. INSURANCE.
In the discretion of the Board of Directors, the Company may
purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection, including but not
limited to trust funds, letters of credit, or self-insurance, on behalf of or
for any person who is or was a Director, Officer, employee, or agent of the
Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director,
Trustee, Officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or
foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any
such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Company
otherwise would have the power to indemnify him against such liability.
Insurance may be purchased from or maintained with a person in which the Company
has a financial interest.
SECTION 8. SCOPE OF AUTHORITY.
The Company's authority to indemnify persons pursuant to
Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI does not limit the payment of expenses as
they are incurred, indemnification, insurance or other protection that may be
provided pursuant to Sections 5, 6 or 7 of this Article; Sections 1 and 2 of
this Article VI do not create any obligation to repay or return payments made by
the Company pursuant to Sections 5, 6 or 7 of this Article VI.
SECTION 9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
(a) No person shall be found to have violated his duties to
the Company as a Director of the Company in any action brought against such
Director (including actions involving or affecting any of the following: (i) a
change or potential change in control of the Company; (ii) a termination or
potential termination of his service to the Company as a Director; (iii) his
service in any other position or relationship with the Company), unless it is
proved by clear and convincing evidence that the Director has not acted in good
faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company, or with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in
a like position would use under similar circumstances. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing contained in this subsection (a) limits relief available
under Section 1701.60 of the Ohio Revised Code.
(b) In performing his duties, a Director shall be entitled to
rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial
statements and other financial data, that are prepared or presented by: (i) one
or more Directors, officers or employees of the Company whom the Director
reasonably believes are reliable and competent in the matters prepared or
presented; (ii) counsel, public accountants, or other persons as to matters that
the Director reasonably believes are within the person's professional or expert
competence; or (iii) a committee of the
-16-
<PAGE> 17
Directors upon which he does not serve, duly established in accordance with the
provisions of these Amended Code of Regulations, as to matters within its
designated authority, which committee the Director reasonably believes to merit
confidence.
(c) A Director in determining what he reasonably believes to
be in the best interests of the Company shall consider the interests of the
Company's shareholders and, in his discretion, may consider (i) the interests of
the Company's employees, suppliers, creditors and customers; (ii) the economy of
the state and nation; (iii) community and societal considerations; and (iv) the
long-term as well as short-term interests of the Company and its shareholders,
including the possibility that these interests may be best served by the
continued independence of the Company.
(d) A Director shall be liable in damages for any action he
takes or fails to take as a Director only if it is proved by clear and
convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or
failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to
cause injury to the Company or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best
interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in
this subsection (d) affects the liability of Directors under Section 1701.95 of
the Ohio Revised Code or limits relief available under Section 1701.60 of the
Ohio Revised Code.
SECTION 10. DEFINITIONS.
As used in this Article VI, references to "Company" shall
include the new or surviving corporation in a consolidation or merger and any
constituent corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its
separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
indemnify its Directors, Trustees, Officers, employees or agents, so that any
person who is or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of such constituent
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation
as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same
position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the new or
surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued; provided, however, that the
Board of Directors of the new or surviving corporation may, in its sole
discretion, authorize the new or surviving corporation to indemnify any
Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation to
the same extent otherwise permitted by Sections 1 through 9 of this Article VI.
-17-
<PAGE> 18
ARTICLE VII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Company shall end on May 31 of each
year and shall remain as herein fixed until changed by resolution of the Board
of Directors from time to time.
ARTICLE VIII
SEAL
The corporate seal of this Company shall be in circular form
and shall contain the name of the Company. Failure to affix the corporate seal
to any instrument executed on behalf of the Company shall not affect the
validity of such instrument.
ARTICLE IX
CONSISTENCY WITH AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
If any provision of these Regulations shall be inconsistent
with the Company's Amended Articles of Incorporation (and as they may be amended
from time to time), such Amended Articles (as so amended at the time) shall
govern.
ARTICLE X
EMERGENCY REGULATIONS
The Directors may adopt, either before or during an emergency,
as that term is defined by the General Corporation Law of Ohio, any emergency
regulations permitted by the General Corporation Law of Ohio which shall be
operative only during such an emergency. In the event the Board of Directors
does not adopt any such emergency regulations, the special rules provided in the
General Corporation Law of Ohio shall be applicable during an emergency as
therein defined.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS
Except as set forth in the immediately succeeding sentence,
this Amended Code of Regulations of the Company may be amended or new
regulations may be adopted by the shareholders at a meeting held for such
purpose by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to
exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company on such proposal, or
without a meeting
-18-
<PAGE> 19
by the written consent of holders of shares entitling them to exercise
two-thirds of the voting power on such proposal; provided, however, that if an
amendment is or new regulations are adopted by written consent, the Secretary
shall enter the amendment or new regulations, as the case may be, in the records
of the Company, and mail a copy thereof to each shareholder of record who would
have been entitled to vote thereon and did not participate in the adoption
thereof. Any amendment or any new regulation which repeals, alters or in any way
modifies or affects the provisions of Article II relating to the number,
classification and election of Directors, their respective terms of office, or
the provisions of this sentence, shall require for adoption at a meeting held
for such purpose the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to
exercise 80% of the voting power of the Company on such proposal.
This Amended Code of Regulations is effective as of the date
of adoption by the Company and supersedes all Regulations and amendments thereto
heretofore adopted.
-19-
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-4.4.1
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>l89965aex4-4_1.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 4.4.1
<TEXT>
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 4.4.1
AMENDMENT TO
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Amendment to Rights Agreement (this "Amendment"), is made as of
this 18th day of December, 2000, among RPM, Inc., an Ohio corporation ("RPM"),
Computershare Investor Services ("CIS") and National City Bank, a national
banking association ("NCB").
WITNESSETH:
----------
WHEREAS, RPM and Harris Trust and Savings Bank ("Harris Trust") entered
into that certain Rights Agreement, dated as of April 28, 1999, (the "Rights
Agreement"), pursuant to which Harris Trust was to serve as Rights Agent; and
WHEREAS, CIS, as the successor to Harris Trust's corporate trust
business, serves as the Rights Agent under the Rights Agreement; and
WHEREAS, as of December 18, 2000, RPM has appointed NCB to serve as
Rights Agent under the Rights Agreement in place of CIS;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, RPM, CIS and NCB do hereby agree as
follows:
1. DEFINED TERMS.
Each capitalized term used herein and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Rights Agreement.
2. AMENDMENTS TO THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.
(a) The Rights Agreement shall be amended, effective as of the date
hereof, by changing all references to Harris Trust contained therein to NCB.
(b) Section 25 of the Rights Agreement shall be amended by changing the
address to which any notice to the Rights Agent should be directed to the
following:
National City Bank
Corporate Trust Administration
P.O. Box 94915
Cleveland, Ohio 44101-4915
Attention: David B. Davis
3. CIS WAIVER OF NOTICE PERIOD
By executing this Amendment, CIS hereby waives the requirement that RPM
provide it with 30 days' written notice upon removal as Rights Agent pursuant to
Section 21 of the Rights Agreement.
<PAGE> 2
4. NO OTHER AMENDMENTS.
The other terms and provisions of the Rights Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect without change.
5. COUNTERPARTS.
This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Amendment to Rights Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their
respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
RPM, INC.
/s/ P. Kelly Tompkins
-----------------------------------------
Name: P. Kelly Tompkins
Title: Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary
COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES
/s/ Michael J. Lang
-----------------------------------------
Name: Michael J. Lang
Title: Vice President
NATIONAL CITY BANK
/s/ David B. Davis
-----------------------------------------
Name: David B. Davis
Title: Vice President
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.4
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>l89965aex10-4.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.4
<TEXT>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.4
RPM, INC.
1989 STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. Purpose of the Plan
The Plan is intended to provide a method of providing key employees of
RPM, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries with greater incentive to serve
and promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders. The premise of
the Plan is that, if such key employees acquire a proprietary interest in the
business of the Company or increase such proprietary interest as they may
already hold, then the incentive of such key employees to work toward the
Company's continued success will be commensurately increased. Accordingly, the
Company will, from time to time during the effective period of the Plan, grant
to such employees as may be selected to participate in the Plan options to
purchase Common Shares, without par value ("Shares"), of the Company on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan.
2. Administration of the Plan
The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors or by such other Committee composed of no fewer than three
(3) disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company as may be
designated by the Board of Directors (the "Committee"), provided that the
Committee shall not include any person who has been eligible to receive options
under the Plan or under any other plan of the Company entitling the participants
therein to acquire Shares, options to purchase Shares, or stock appreciation
rights of the Company at any time within the twelve (12) month period
immediately preceding the date on which such person becomes a member of the
Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts
of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present, or acts approved in writing by all of the members, shall be the acts of
the Committee.
Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full
and final authority, in its absolute discretion, (a) to determine the employees
to be granted options under the Plan, (b) to determine the number of Shares
subject to each option, (c) to determine the time or times at which options will
be granted, (d) to determine the option price of the Shares subject to each
option, which price shall not be less than the minimum specified in Section 6 of
the Plan, (e) to determine the time or times when each option becomes
exercisable and the duration of the exercise period, (f) to determine the terms
and conditions under which the Committee shall accept the surrender of an option
or any portion thereof pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan and to determine the
form in which payment for such surrendered option or portion thereof shall be
made, (g) to prescribe the form or forms of the agreements evidencing any
options granted under the Plan (which forms shall be consistent with the Plan),
(h) to adopt, amend and rescind such rules and
<PAGE> 2
regulations as, in the Committee's opinion, may be advisable in the
administration of the Plan, and (i) to construe and interpret the Plan, the
rules and regulations and the agreements evidencing options granted under the
Plan and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan. Any decision made or action taken in good faith by
the Committee in connection with the administration, interpretation, and
implementation of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be conclusive and binding upon all optionees under the
Plan and upon any person claiming under or through such an optionee, and no
member of the Board of Directors shall be liable for any such decision made or
action taken by the Committee.
3. Shares Available for Options
Subject to the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan, the aggregate
number of Shares for which options may be granted under the Plan shall not
exceed one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000).
The Shares to be delivered under exercise of options under the Plan
shall be made available, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, either
from the authorized but unissued Shares of the Company or from Shares held by
the Company as treasury shares, including Shares purchased in the open market.
If an option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate
unexercised as to any Shares covered thereby, such Shares shall thereafter be
available for the granting of other options under the Plan. If, however, an
option granted under the Plan shall be accepted for surrender pursuant to terms
and conditions determined by the Committee under Section 9, any Shares covered
thereby shall not thereafter be available for the granting of other options
under the Plan.
Options granted under the Plan shall constitute either incentive stock
options, as defined in Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), hereinafter referred to as "incentive stock options", or
non-qualified stock options as the Committee shall determine with respect to
each option granted on or after such date.
4. Eligibility
Option will be granted only to persons who are employees of the Company
or of a subsidiary of the Company. The term "subsidiary" as used herein shall
mean any corporation, a majority of the stock of which having normal voting
rights is owned directly or indirectly by the Company. The term "employees"
shall include officers as well as all other employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries and shall include Directors who are also employees of the Company
or of a subsidiary of the Company. Neither the members
2
<PAGE> 3
of the Committee nor any other member of the Board of Directors who is not an
employee of the Company (or of a subsidiary of the Company) shall be eligible to
receive an option under the Plan. Each grant of an option shall be evidenced by
an agreement executed on behalf of the Company by the Chairman of the Board or
another executive officer and delivered to and accepted by the optionee.
In selecting the persons to whom options shall be granted under the
Plan, as well as in determining the number of Shares subject to and the type and
terms and provisions of each option, the Committee shall weigh such factors as
it shall deem relevant to accomplish the purpose of the Plan, namely, to enhance
the incentive of those key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries who
exert authority over and are responsible for the management and conduct of the
Company's business. A person who has been granted an option under the Plan may
be granted an additional option or options if the Committee shall so determine.
5. Term of Options
The full term of each option granted under the Plan shall be such
period as the Committee shall determine, but shall not be more than ten (10)
years from the date of granting thereof; provided, however, that if an employee
to whom an incentive stock option is granted is at the time of grant of the
incentive stock option an owner as defined in Section 425(d) of the Code of more
than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of
the Company or any subsidiary corporation, hereinafter referred to as a
"Substantial Shareholder," no incentive stock option granted to such an employee
shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of
grant of such option.
Each option shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in
Paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section 8 and in Section 9 of the Plan.
The Committee may, with the concurrence of the affected optionee,
cancel any option granted under the Plan and authorize the grant of a new option
or options to buy Shares in such number and at such price as the Committee shall
determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.
6. Option Price
The option price shall be determined by the Committee at the time any
option is granted but shall not be less than 100 per cent of the fair market
value of the Shares covered thereby at the time the option is granted, such fair
market value to be determined in accordance with procedures to be established by
the Committee; provided, however, that if an employee to whom an incentive stock
option is granted is at the time of the grant of the incentive stock option a
Substantial Shareholder, the option price shall be determined by the Committee
from time to time but shall never be
3
<PAGE> 4
less than 110 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Shares on the
date such option is granted.
7. Non-transferability of Option
No option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by the optionee
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such option
may be exercised during the optionee's lifetime only by the optionee or by his
guardian or legal representative.
8. Exercise of Options
(a) Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable on such
date or dates and during such period and for such number of Shares as shall be
set forth in the agreement evidencing such option.
(b) A person electing to exercise an option shall give written notice
to the Company of such election and the number of Shares such person has elected
to purchase and shall, at the time of exercise, tender the full purchase price
of the Shares such person has elected to purchase. The purchase price may be
paid either in cash or in the Company's Shares (excluding fractional shares), or
a combination thereof; provided, however, that the practice known as
"Pyramiding", which involves successive option exercises using Shares received
from a preceding exercise to immediately exercise another option and so on,
shall not be permitted. Shares delivered in payment of the purchase price shall
be valued at the fair market value of such Shares on the date of exercise of the
option. Until such person has been issued a certificate or certificates for the
Shares so purchased, such person shall possess no rights of a record holder with
respect to any such Shares.
(c) No option shall be affected by any change of duties or position of
the optionee (including transfer to or from a subsidiary), so long as such
optionee continues to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries.
If an optionee shall cease to be an employee for any reason other than death,
the options held by such optionee shall thereafter be exercisable only to the
extent of the purchase rights, if any, which had accrued as of the date of such
cessation, provided that the Committee may provide in the agreement evidencing
any option that the Committee may in its absolute discretion, upon any such
cessation of employment, determine (but shall be under no obligation to
determine) that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include
additional Shares covered by such option. Upon any such cessation of employment,
such accrued rights to purchase shall in any event terminate upon the earlier of
(A) the expiration of the full term of the option or (B) the expiration of
thirty (30) days from the date of such cessation of employment if by reason of
discharge or immediately if by reason of voluntary quit. The
4
<PAGE> 5
agreements evidencing options granted under the Plan may contain such provisions
as the Committee shall approve with reference to the effect of approved leaves
of absence. Nothing in the Plan or in any option granted hereunder shall confer
upon any optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries, or to limit or interfere in any way with the right of the
Company or its subsidiaries to terminate such optionee's employment at any time,
with or without cause.
(d) Should an optionee die while in the employ of the Company or one of
its subsidiaries or within thirty (30) days after cessation of such employment
by reason of discharge, such person as shall have acquired, by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution (the "personal representative"), the right to
exercise any option theretofore granted such optionee may, in either case,
exercise such option at any time prior to expiration of its full term or one (1)
year from the date of death of the optionee, whichever is earlier, provided that
any such exercise shall be limited to the purchase rights which had accrued as
of the date when the optionee ceased to be an employee, whether by death or
otherwise, and provided further, however, that the Committee may provide in the
agreement evidencing any option that all Shares covered by such option shall
become subject to purchase immediately upon the death of the optionee.
(e) In the case of incentive stock options, the aggregate fair market
value (determined as of the date the option is granted) of the Shares with
respect to which options are exercisable for the first time by any individual
during any calendar year (under this Plan and all such plans of the Company and
any parent or subsidiary corporation) shall not exceed $100,000.
9. Surrender of Options - Stock Appreciation Rights
The Committee may, in its absolute discretion and under such terms and
conditions as it deems appropriate, accept the surrender by an optionee, or the
personal representative of an optionee, of an option, or any portion thereof, to
purchase Shares granted under the Plan and authorize the payment in
consideration for such surrender of an amount equal to the excess of the fair
market value at the date of surrender of the Shares covered by the option, or
portion thereof, surrendered over the aggregate option price of such Shares,
such payment to be in Shares (valued at fair market value on the date of such
surrender) or in cash, or partly in Shares and partly in cash as determined by
the Committee, provided that the Committee determines that such surrender is
consistent with the purpose set forth in Section 1 hereof.
10. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization
In the event of any change in the number of outstanding Shares through
the declaration of share dividends, share splits, or consolidations, through
recapitalizations, or by reason of any
5
<PAGE> 6
other increase or decrease in the number of outstanding Shares effected without
receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of Shares available and
reserved for options which may thereafter be granted, the number of Shares
reserved for and subject to any options outstanding but unexercised, and the
price per share payable on the exercise of any options outstanding but
unexercised, shall be adjusted as the Committee considers appropriate, and all
such adjustments by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all
optionees under the Plan and upon any person claiming under or through such an
optionee.
11. Issuance of Substitute Options
The Committee may also make a determination, subject to approval and
authorization by the Board of Directors, to issue options having terms and
provisions which vary from those specified herein, provided that any options
issued pursuant to this Section are issued in substitution for, or in connection
with the assumption of, existing options issued by another corporation and
assumed or otherwise agreed to be provided for by the Company pursuant to or by
reason of a transaction involving a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition
of property or stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation in which the
Company or a subsidiary is a party.
12. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan
The Board of Directors may at any time terminate or from time to time
amend or suspend the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment shall,
without approval of the shareholders of the Company, except as provided in
Section 10 hereof, (a) increase the aggregate number of Shares as to which
options may be granted under the Plan; (b) change the minimum option exercise
price; (c) increase the maximum period during which options may be exercised;
(d) extend the effective period of this Plan; or (e) permit the granting of
options to members of the Committee. No option may be granted during any
suspension of the Plan or after the Plan has been terminated and no amendment,
suspension or termination shall, without the optionee's consent, alter or impair
any of the rights or obligations under any option theretofore granted to such
person under the Plan.
13. Effective Date and Duration of Plan
This Plan shall become effective upon its approval by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares present in person or
by proxy and entitled to vote on this Plan at the Annual Meeting of the
Shareholders of the Company on October 20, 1989, or any adjournment thereof. No
options may be granted under this Plan subsequent to October 19, 1999.
6
<PAGE> 7
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
RPM, INC.
1989 STOCK OPTION PLAN
This Amendment No. 1 is made this 19th day of July, 1991
by the Board of Directors of RPM, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as
the "Company");
WITNESSETH:
-----------
WHEREAS, the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan") was established effective October 20, 1989 to provide
officers and other key employees of the Company with greater incentive to serve
and promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders; and
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors is empowered under
Section 12 of the Plan to amend and modify the Plan; and
WHEREAS, it is the desire of the Board of Directors of the
Company to amend certain provisions of the Plan to conform with the amended
provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and
effective May 1, 1991;
WHEREAS, the Commission has indicated that such conforming
amendments are not required to be submitted to the shareholders of a company for
authorization and approval;
NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, the Board
of Directors of the Company hereby amends the Plan, effective July 19, 1991, as
follows:
<PAGE> 8
(1) Section 2 of the Plan is hereby amended by the deletion of
the first paragraph of said Section and the substitution in lieu thereof of a
new first paragraph to read as follows:
"The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors or by such other Committee composed
of no fewer than two (2) disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of the Company as may be designated by the Board of
Directors (the "Committee"), provided that the Committee shall
not include any person who has been granted or awarded equity
securities under the Plan or under any other plan of the
Company entitling the participants therein to acquire Shares,
options to purchase Shares, or stock appreciation rights of
the Company at any time within the twelve (12) month period
immediately preceding the date on which such person becomes a
member of the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum, and the acts of a majority of the members
present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts
approved in writing by all of the members, shall be the acts
of the Committee."
(2) Section 7 of the Plan is hereby amended by the deletion of
said Section and the substitution in lieu thereof of a new Section to read as
follows:
"No option granted under the Plan shall be transferrable by
the optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order as defined by the Code; and such option may be exercised
during the optionee's lifetime only by the optionee or by his
guardian or legal representative."
(3) Section 12 of the Plan is hereby amended by the deletion
of said Section and the substitution in lieu thereof a new Section to read as
follows:
-2-
<PAGE> 9
"The Board of Directors may at any time terminate or from time
to time amend or suspend the Plan; provided, however, that no
such amendment shall, without approval of the shareholders of
the Company, except as provided in Section 10 hereof, (a)
increase the aggregate number of Shares as to which options
may be granted under the Plan; (b) change the minimum option
exercise price; (c) increase the maximum period during which
options may be exercised; (d) extend the effective period of
this Plan; (e) modify the requirements for participation in
the Plan; (f) increase the benefits to participants who are
officers of the Company; or (g) permit the granting of options
to members of the Committee. No option may be granted during
any suspension of the Plan or after the Plan has been
terminated and no amendment, suspension or termination shall,
without the optionee's consent, alter or impair any of the
rights or obligations under any option theretofore granted to
such person under the Plan."
RPM, INC.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
By /s/ Thomas C. Sullivan
_______________________________
Thomas C. Sullivan
Chairman
-3-
<PAGE> 10
ISO NO.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
--------------------------------
THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this ______ day of _______, 19__ by
and between RPM, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the "Company"), and ((1)) (the
"Optionee").
W I T N E S S E T H:
--------------------
WHEREAS, the Board bf Directors of the Company has designated
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") to serve
as the Committee to administer the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan (the
"Plan"), and
WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that the Optionee, as an
employee of the Company or of one of its subsidiaries (an "Employee"), should be
granted an incentive stock option under the Plan upon the terms and subject to
the conditions and covering the number of Common Shares, without par value
("Shares"), of the Company, set forth hereinafter:
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as
follows:
1. Effective as of the date of this Agreement, the Company grants to
the Optionee, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
hereinafter, the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
((2)) __________ (__) Shares (such right and option being hereinafter referred
to as the "Option"), at a price of $____ per share (the "Option Price").
2. The term of the option shall be for a period of ten (10) years from
the date hereof, and the Option shall expire at the close of regular business
hours at the Company's principal office, Medina, Ohio, on the last day of the
term of the Option, or, if earlier, on the applicable expiration date provided
for in paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof.
3. Except as provided in paragraph 7 hereof, the Option shall not be
exercisable to any extent until one (1) year from the date hereof. The Optionee
shall become entitled to exercise the Option with respect to the number of
Shares indicated below as of the date indicated opposite such number below:
Number of Shares Date as of Which
as to Which Option Option May be
May be Exercised Exercised
---------------- ---------
<PAGE> 11
To the extent that the Option has become exercisable with respect to a number of
Shares, as provided above, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the
Optionee either as to all or any part of such Shares at any time or from time to
time prior to expiration of the Option pursuant to paragraph 2 hereof. Except as
provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any
time unless the Optionee shall be an Employee at such time.
4. So long as the Optionee shall continue to be an Employee, the Option
shall not be affected by (a) any temporary leave of absence approved in writing
by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, or (b) any change of duties or
position (including transfer to or from a subsidiary). If the Optionee ceases to
be an Employee for any reason other than death, the Option may be exercised only
to the extent of the purchase rights, if any, which had accrued as of the date
of such cessation pursuant to paragraph 3 hereof and which have not theretofore
been exercised; provided, however, that upon written request to the Committee it
may in its absolute discretion determine (but shall be under no obligation to
determine) that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include
additional Shares covered by the Option. Upon any such cessation of employment
by reason of discharge, such accrued purchase rights shall in any event
terminate upon the earlier of the date thirty (30) days from the date of such
cessation of employment or the last day of the term of the Option. Upon any such
cessation of employment by reason of a voluntary quit, such accrued purchase
rights shall terminate on the date of such cessation of employment. Nothing
contained in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue
in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to limit or
interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such subsidiary to
terminate his or her employment at any time, with or without cause.
5. If the Optionee dies while an Employee or within thirty (30) days of
the Optionee's having ceased to be an Employee by reason of discharge, such
person or persons as shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution, the right to exercise the Option (the "Personal Representative")
may exercise the Option to the extent of the purchase rights, if any, which had
accrued as of the date of the Optionee's death pursuant to paragraph 3 hereof
and which have not theretofore been exercised; provided, however, that upon
written request to the Committee it may in its absolute discretion determine
(but shall be under no obligation to determine) that such accrued purchase
rights shall be deemed to include additional Shares covered by the Option. Such
accrued purchase rights shall in any event terminate upon the earlier of the
date one (1) year from the date of the Optionee's death or the last day of the
term of the Option.
6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Option is exercisable only to the
extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time such Option
is granted) of the shares with respect to which such Options first become
exercisable during any calendar year does not exceed $100,000.
7. Upon the commencement of a "tender offer" for the Company's Common
Shares as provided under Rule 14d-2 promulgated under the Federal Securities
Exchange
2
<PAGE> 12
Act of 1934, as amended, or any subsequent comparable Federal rule or
regulation governing tender offers, or upon the occurrence of a "Control Share
Acquisition" of the Company's Common Shares as defined under Section 1701.01(Z),
Ohio Revised Code, or any subsequent comparable statutes under the laws of the
State of Ohio, whichever first occurs, or within the thirty (30) day period
ending on the date designated by the Board for dissolution or liquidation of the
Company or a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not to be the
surviving corporation, the Optionee shall have the immediate right and option
(notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3 hereof) to exercise the Option with
respect to all Shares covered by the Option, and any such exercise shall be
irrevocable. The Optionee shall be entitled to exercise the Option as provided
in the immediately preceding sentence regardless of whether the "tender offer"
or "control share acquisition" is successful and regardless of whether the other
corporation which is the surviving corporation in a merger or consolidation
shall adopt and maintain the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan.
8. The Option may be exercised by delivery to the Secretary of
the Company at its principal office, 2628 Pearl Road, P.O. Box 777, Medina, Ohio
44258, of a completed Notice of Exercise of Option (obtainable from the
Secretary of the Company) setting forth the number of Shares with respect to
which the Option is being exercised, together with either a certified or
cashier's check payable to the Company or certificates for RPM, Inc. Common
Shares, properly endorsed for transfer, or a combination thereof, in the amount
of the total purchase price of such Shares.
9. Upon receipt by the Company prior to expiration of the Option
of a duly completed Notice of Exercise of Option accompanied by a certified or
cashier's check, or properly endorsed certificates for RPM Common Shares, as
provided in paragraph 8 hereof, in full payment for the Shares being purchased
pursuant to such Notice (and, with respect to any Option exercised pursuant to
paragraph 5 hereof by the Personal Representative, accompanied in addition by
proof satisfactory to the Committee of the right of the Personal Representative
to exercise the Option), the Company shall cause to be mailed or otherwise
delivered to the Optionee or the Personal Representative, as the case may be,
within thirty (30) days of such receipt, a certificate or certificates for the
number of Shares so purchased. The Optionee or the Personal Representative shall
not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares covered
by the Option unless and until one or more certificates representing such Shares
shall be issued to the Optionee or the Personal Representative.
10. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and the heirs, estate and
personal representatives of the Optionee. The Option shall not be transferable
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code, and the Option may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by his
guardian or legal representative.
11. This Agreement is subject to all of the terms, conditions,
and provisions of the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to
time, and to such rules,
3
<PAGE> 13
regulations, and interpretations of the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee
and in effect from time to time. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as
Exhibit "A" and is incorporated herein by reference. In the event and to the
extent that this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms,
conditions, and provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this
Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.
4
<PAGE> 14
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be
executed on its behlaf by its undersigned executive officer thereunto duly
authorized, and the Optionee has hereunto set his hand, ass as of the day and
year first above written.
RPM, INC
By_______________________________
Thomas C. Sullivan, Chairman
("Company")
_______________________________
5
<PAGE> 15
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
------------------------------------
THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this ___ day of __________, 19 , by
and between RPM, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the "Company"), and
___________________________________ (the "Optionee").
W I T N E S S E T H:
--------------------
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has designated
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") to serve
as the Committee to administer the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan (the
"Plan"), and
WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that the Optionee, as an
employee of the Company or of one of its subsidiaries (an "Employee"), should be
granted a non-qualified stock option under the Plan upon the terms and subject
to the conditions and covering the number of Common Shares, without par value
("Shares"), of the Company, set forth hereinafter:
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as
follows:
1. Effective as of the date of this Agreement, the Company
grants to the Optionee, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
hereinafter, the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
_________________________ ( ) Shares (such right and option being hereinafter
referred to as the "Option"), at a price of $___________ per share (the "Option
Price").
2. The term of the option shall be for a period of ten (10)
years from the date hereof, and the Option shall expire at the close of regular
business hours at the Company's principal office, Medina, Ohio, on the last day
of the term of the Option, or, if earlier, on the applicable expiration date
provided for in paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof.
3. Except as provided in paragraph 6 hereof, the Option shall
not be exercisable to any extent until one (1) year from the date hereof. The
Optionee shall become entitled to exercise the Option with respect to the number
of Shares indicated below as of the date indicated opposite such number below:
Number of Shares Date as of Which
as to Which Option Option May be
May be Exercised Exercised
---------------- ---------
<PAGE> 16
To the extent that the Option has become exercisable with respect to a number of
Shares, as provided above, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the
Optionee either as to all or any part of such Shares at any time or from time to
time prior to expiration of the Option pursuant to paragraph 2 hereof. Except as
provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any
time unless the Optionee shall be an Employee at such time.
4. So long as the Optionee shall continue to be an Employee, the
Option shall not be affected by (a) any temporary leave of absence approved in
writing by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, or (b) any change of duties
or position (including transfer to or from a subsidiary). If the Optionee ceases
to be an Employee for any reason other than death, the Option may be exercised
only to the extent of the purchase rights, if any, which had accrued as of the
date of such cessation pursuant to paragraph 3 hereof and which have not
theretofore been exercised; provided, however, that upon written request to the
Committee it may in its absolute discretion determine (but shall be under no
obligation to determine) that such accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to
include additional Shares covered by the Option. Upon any such cessation of
employment by reason of discharge, such accrued purchase rights shall in any
event terminate upon the earlier of the date thirty (30) days from the date of
such cessation of employment or the last day of the term of the Option. Upon any
such cessation of employment by reason of a voluntary quit, such accrued
purchase rights shall terminate on the date of such cessation of employment.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to
continue in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to limit or
interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any such subsidiary to
terminate his or her employment at any time, with or without cause.
5. If the Optionee dies while an Employee or within thirty (30)
days of the Optionee's having ceased to be an Employee by reason of discharge,
such person or persons as shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution, the right to exercise the Option (the "Personal
Representative") may exercise the Option to the extent of the purchase rights,
if any, which had accrued as of the date of the Optionee's death pursuant to
paragraph 3 hereof and which have not theretofore been exercised; provided,
however, that upon written request to the Committee it may in its absolute
discretion determine (but shall be under no obligation to determine) that such
accrued purchase rights shall be deemed to include additional Shares covered by
the Option. Such accrued purchase rights shall in any event terminate upon the
earlier of the date one (1) year from the date of the Optionee's death or the
last day of the term of the Option.
6. Upon the commencement of a "tender offer" for the Company's
Common Shares as provided under Rule 14d-2 promulgated under the Federal
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any subsequent comparable
Federal rule or regulation governing tender offers, or upon the occurrence of a
"Control Share Acquisition" of the Company's Common Shares as defined under
Section 7101.01(Z), Ohio Revised Code, or any subsequent comparable statutes
under the
2
<PAGE> 17
laws of the State of Ohio, whichever first occurs, or within the thirty (30) day
period ending on the date designated by the Board for dissolution or liquidation
of the Company or a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not to be
the
3
<PAGE> 18
surviving corporation, the Optionee shall have the immediate right and option
(notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3 hereof) to exercise the Option with
respect to all Shares covered by the Option, and any such exercise shall be
irrevocable. The Optionee shall be entitled to exercise the Option as provided
in the immediately preceding sentence regardless of whether the "tender offer"
or "control share acquisition" is successful and regardless of whether the other
corporation which is the surviving corporation in a merger or consolidation
shall adopt and maintain the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan.
7. The Option may be exercised by delivery to the Secretary of
the Company at its principal office, 2628 Pearl Road, P.O. Box 777, Medina, Ohio
44258, of a completed Notice of Exercise of Option (obtainable from the
Secretary of the Company) setting forth the number of Shares with respect to
which the Option is being exercised, together with either a certified or
cashier's check payable to the Company or certificates for RPM, Inc. Common
Shares, properly endorsed for transfer, or a combination thereof, in the amount
of the total purchase price of such Shares.
8. Upon receipt by the Company prior to expiration of the Option
of a duly completed Notice of Exercise of Option accompanied by a certified or
cashier's check or properly endorsed certificates for RPM Common Shares, as
provided in paragraph 7 hereof, in full payment for the Shares being purchased
pursuant to such Notice (and, with respect to any Option exercised pursuant to
paragraph 5 hereof by the Personal Representative, accompanied in addition by
proof satisfactory to the Committee of the right of the Personal Representative
to exercise the Option), the Company shall cause to be mailed or otherwise
delivered to the Optionee or the Personal Representative, as the case may be,
within thirty (30) days of such receipt, a certificate or certificates for the
number of Shares so purchased. The Optionee or the Personal Representative shall
not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares covered
by the Option unless and until one or more certificates representing such Shares
shall be issued to the Optionee or the Personal Representative.
9. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of any successor or successors of the Company and the heirs, estate and personal
representatives of the Optionee. The Option shall not be transferable other than
by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order as defined by the Code, and the Option may be exercised
during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by his guardian or
legal representative.
4
<PAGE> 19
10. This Agreement is subject to all of the terms, conditions,
and provisions of the RPM, Inc. 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to
time, and to such rules, regulations, and interpretations of the Plan as may be
adopted by the Committee and in effect from time to time. A copy of the Plan is
attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and is incorporated herein by reference. In the
event and to the extent that this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with
the terms, conditions, and provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall control, and
this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be
executed on its behalf by its undersigned officer thereunto duly authorized, and
the Optionee has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above
written.
RPM, INC.
By ____________________________
Thomas C. Sullivan, Chairman
("Company")
____________________________
("Optionee")
5
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.6
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>l89965aex10-6.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.6
<TEXT>
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.6
NOTICE/CONFIDENTIAL - COPYRIGHTED MATERIAL
------------------------------------------
This document is protected under the copyright laws of the
United States and international copyright treaties, and contains proprietary,
confidential information of Calfee, Halter & Griswold. Any use, duplication,
publication, display, modification, adaptation or dissemination of this document
or its contents requires the express written permission of Calfee, Halter &
Griswold.
Copyright, 1991, Calfee, Halter & Griswold
All Rights Reserved.
RPM, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS TRUST AND PLAN
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
------------------
(Profit Sharing #001)
For
A REGIONAL PROTOTYPE PLAN
SPONSORED BY
CALFEE, HALTER & GRISWOLD
1800 Society Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
(216) 622-8200
(1) ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN. RPM, Inc. (the "Company")
hereby adopts the RPM, Inc. Retirement Savings Trust and Plan (the "Trust
and Plan") this 1st day of June, 1992 ("Adoption Date"), by completing this
Adoption Agreement, establishing the retirement savings plan and trust
agreement in the form of the attached prototype plan.*
- --------
*This Adoption Agreement shall be of no force and effect and Calfee, Halter
& Griswold shall have none of the responsibilities imposed upon a Regional
Prototype Plan Sponsor with respect to the Company, a Participating Company or
any Trust and Plan participants unless and until such time as Calfee, Halter &
Griswold acknowledges receipt of and accepts this Adoption Agreement, in
writing, as set forth on page 28 hereof.
<PAGE> 2
(2) PLAN INFORMATION.
----------------
[x] New Plan
[ ] Amendment and Restatement of:
[ ] Same Plan
[ ] Prototype Plan
[ ] Master Plan
[ ] Other (merger, consolidation, etc.)
If Restatement or Merger, enter names
of predecessor plans:
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
(3) Plan No. 011
(4) COMPANY INFORMATION. Company name, address,
telephone number and employer identification number:
RPM, Inc.
P.O. Box 777
Medina, OH 44258
(216) 225-3192
E.I.N. 34-6550857
(5) CONTROLLED GROUP. Corporations or other business
organizations related to the Company under Sections 414(b), (c),
(m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") are:
See Attachment A
--------------------------------
--------------------------------
--------------------------------
(6) PARTICIPATING COMPANIES. Participating Companies
under the Trust and Plan are:
2
<PAGE> 3
[ ] All of the members of the Controlled Group
under Section (5) above
[x] Other (specify):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Adoption Cessation
Name Date Date
---- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
See Attachment B _________ _________
______________________ _________ _________
______________________ _________ _________
</TABLE>
Each Participating Company must agree to be bound by the terms of the Trust and
Plan.
(7) EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of the Trust and
Plan is June 1, 1992.
(8) RESTATEMENT DATE. The restatement date of this
Trust and Plan, if applicable, is N/A.
(9) TAXABLE YEAR. The Company's taxable year is the 12
consecutive month period ending on May 31.
(10) PLAN YEAR. The plan year is:
[ ] the Company's taxable year
[ ] the 12 consecutive calendar month period
ending on May 31.
(11) LIMITATION YEAR. The limitation year is:
[ ] the plan year
[ ] the 12 consecutive calendar month period
ending on May 31.
(12) COVERED EMPLOYEES. Covered Employees under the
Trust and Plan are all employees of Participating Companies,
excluding the following:
[x] aliens whose expected employment within the
United States will be less than 2 years.
3
<PAGE> 4
[x] employees covered by a collective bargaining
agreement to which a Participating Company is a
party, unless such collective bargaining
agreement provides for participation in the Trust
and Plan
[ ] salaried employees
[ ] hourly-paid employees
[x] leased employees
[ ] commissioned salesmen
[ ] ______________________ job categories at the
______________________ location
[x] other (specify): hourly-paid employees at
certain Participating Companies except those
listed on Attachment C.
[ ] none
The foregoing exclusions may only be elected to the extent that any such
election will not cause the Trust and Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements
set forth in Sections 401(a)(26) and 410(b) of the Code.
(13) SERVICE. An employee's service, as defined in
Article III of the Trust and Plan, will be determined as follows:
(a) ELIGIBILITY. An employee's eligibility to par-
ticipate in the Trust and Plan is calculated pursu-
ant to the following method:
[ ] elapsed time method
[x] hours method
N/A (b) VESTING. An employee's vesting service under the
Trust and Plan is calculated pursuant to the
following method:
4
<PAGE> 5
Years Ending Before ____________ (Adoption Date or
other date)
[ ] elapsed time method
[ ] hours method
Years Ending After ______________ (Adoption Date or
other date)
[ ] elapsed time method
[ ] hours method
N/A (c) CREDITING OF SERVICE BASED ON HOURS WORKED. The
following equivalency will be used to determine
service to be credited to participants based on
working time method:
[ ] 1 hour for each hour of service as described
in Section 3.2(a) of the Trust and Plan
[ ] 1.15 hours for each hour of service as defined
in Section 3.2(a) of the Trust and Plan
actually worked by employee
[ ] 1.33 hours for each hour of service as
defined in Section 3.2(a) of the Trust and
Plan which was a regular time hour actually
worked by the employee
[ ] 10 hours for each day employee has at least
1 hour of service as defined in Section 3.2(a)
of the Trust and Plan
[ ] 45 hours for each week employee has at least
1 hour of service as defined in Section 3.2(a)
of the Trust and Plan
[ ] 95 hours for each semi-monthly payroll
period during which employee has at least 1
hour of service as defined in Section 3.2(a)
of the Trust and Plan
[ ] 190 hours for each month employee has at least
1 hour of service as defined in Section 3.2(a)
of the Trust and Plan
5
<PAGE> 6
(14) PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS. To become a partici-
pant, a Covered Employee must satisfy the following requirements:
N/A (a) SERVICE REQUIREMENT. To become eligible to partic-
ipate in the Trust and Plan, a Covered Employee:
[ ] need not complete any waiting period
[ ] must complete _______ years(s) of service (may
not exceed 2*)
[ ] must complete _______ consecutive month(s)
of service without regard to the number of
hours of service completed (may not exceed
24*)
(b) SPECIAL 401(k) SERVICE REQUIREMENT. To become
eligible to make 401(k) contributions under the
Trust and Plan, a Covered Employee:
[ ] need not complete any waiting period
[x] must complete 1 year of service
[ ] must complete _______ consecutive month(s) of
service (without regard to the number of hours
of service completed)
(c) AGE REQUIREMENT. To become eligible to participate
in the Trust and Plan a Covered Employee:
[ ] need not attain any minimum age
[x] must be at least 21 years of age (not more
than 21)
(15) ENTRY DATE. An eligible Covered Employee commences
participation in the Trust and Plan on:
[ ] 1st day of the month
[ ] 1st day of the plan year
- --------
*A 2-year or 24-month service requirement may be elected only in the event that
the Trust and Plan provides for full and immediate vesting.
6
<PAGE> 7
[x] earlier of the June 1 or December 1
(first day of the first month or first day of
the seventh month)
[ ] 1st day of each calendar quarter
coinciding with or next following the date such Covered Employee meets the
eligibility requirements.
(16) COMPENSATION.
(a) BASIC DEFINITION. A participant's compensation
shall be determined on the basis of the following:
[ ] Section 415 compensation as described in
Section 2.11(a)(i) of the Trust and Plan
[ ] Modified Section 415 compensation as described
in Section 2.11(a)(ii) of the Trust and Plan
[ ] Modified Section 3121 compensation as de-
scribed in Section 2.11(a)(iii) of the Trust
and Plan
[ ] Modified Section 3401 compensation as de-
scribed in Section 2.11(a)(iv) of the Trust
and Plan
[x] W-2 earnings as described in Section
2.11(a)(v) of the Trust and Plan for all plan
years
[ ] W-2 earnings as described in Section
2.11(a)(v) of the Trust and Plan for plan
years commencing prior to May 10, 1990 and
the definition selected above for all
subsequent plan years
(b) Safe Harbor Adjustments To Compensation
[x] Compensation shall be increased for salary
reduction amounts under 401(k), 125, 403(b)
and similar plans as described in Section
2.11(b)(i) of the Trust and Plan
7
<PAGE> 8
[ ] Compensation shall be reduced by any extra
benefits as described in Section 2.11(b)(ii)
of the Trust and Plan
(c) Other Exclusions From Compensation*
[ ] pre-entry date compensation
[ ] commissions
[ ] bonuses (whether discretionary or
non-discretionary)
[ ] commissions, overtime and bonuses (whether
discretionary or non-discretionary)
[x] other AUTO ALLOWANCES AND GENERAL BUSINESS
EXPENSE ALLOWANCES AND TAXABLE LIFE INSURANCE
AMOUNTS.
[ ] none of the above
(17) CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) PARTICIPATING COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS. For each plan
year, the Participating Companies may make any or all of the
following contributions to the Trust and Plan, as they so elect:
N/A [ ] (i) PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS. A profit sharing
contribution in an amount equal to:
[ ] _______% of each eligible participant's
compensation**
[ ] ______% of each eligible participant's
compensation under the integration level
specified in Section (18) of this Adoption
Agreement plus ______% of such participant's
- --------
*No exclusions from compensation (other than pre-entry date compensation)
may be elected if Participating Company contributions are allocated in
accordance with the integration method described in Section (18)(a).
**May not exceed 15%.
8
<PAGE> 9
compensation over the integration level
specified in Section (18) of this Adoption
Agreement*
[ ] an amount determined by the Company for the
year
[ ] an amount determined by each Participating
Company for the year
N/A [ ] (ii) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. A matching contribution in
an amount equal to:
[ ] _______% of each eligible participant's
pre-tax contributions up to a maximum
matching contribution of _________
(percentage of participant's compensation or
dollar amount)
[ ] a percentage of each eligible participant's
pre-tax contributions as determined by the
Participating Company for a match period up
to a maximum matching contribution of
_________ (percentage of participant's
compensation or dollar amount)
The match period for which matching contributions are
made is:
[ ] week
[ ] calendar month
[ ] calendar quarter
[ ] semi-annual
[ ] plan year
[ ] Company's pay period
- --------
*The lower limit must be greater than zero (0), and the upper limit may not
exceed the lower limit by more than the lesser of the lower limit, or the
greater of 5.7% or the rate of tax under Code Section 3111(a) which is
attributable to old-age insurance, as adjusted pursuant to Section 6.2(b).
9
<PAGE> 10
[ ] each Participating Company's pay period
N/A [ ] (iii) A special ADP contribution in an amount as
shall be determined by the Company from time to time.
(b) PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. For each plan year,
participants:
[x] may make pre-tax contributions as follows:
[ ] whole percentage of compensation not less
than 1% nor more than 15%
[ ] any amount up to _______% of compensation
[ ] any amount not less than $_______ nor
more than $_______
[ ] may not make pre-tax contributions pursuant to
Section 5.1 of the Trust and Plan.
(c) AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.* For each plan year,
participants:
[ ] may make after tax contributions of between
____% and ____% compensation
[ ] any amount up to _______% of compensation
[ ] any amount not less than $_______ nor more
than $_______
[x] may not make after tax contributions
- --------
*After tax contributions can be made to the Trust and Plan only if the
Company has elected to allow pre-tax contributions thereunder.
10
<PAGE> 11
(18) ALLOCATION OF PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.
N/A (a) Profit sharing contributions will be
allocated in accordance with one of the following methods as described in
Section 6.2 of the Trust and Plan:
[ ] relative compensation
[ ] integration method with an integration level
of:
[ ] _____% of the Social Security taxable
wage base
[ ] $____
[ ] per capita among eligible participants
N/A (b) Contributions made by each Participating Company
shall be allocated among:
[ ] all eligible participants
[ ] eligible participants employed by such
Participating Company
N/A (19) EXCLUSIONS FROM ELIGIBILITY FOR PROFIT SHARING
ALLOCATIONS AND REALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES. The following participants shall be
excluded from receiving an allocation of profit sharing contributions pursuant
to Section 6.2 of the Trust and Plan and a reallocation of forfeitures, if
applicable, pursuant to Section 15.4 of the Trust and Plan:
[ ] participants who complete fewer than ______
hours of service (not more than 1,000)
during the plan year
[ ] participants whose employment terminates prior
to the last day of the plan year
11
<PAGE> 12
[ ] participants whose employment terminates
prior to the last day of the plan year for
reasons other than:
[ ] retirement
[ ] disability
[ ] death
(20) VESTING OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS.
N/A (a) VESTING OF PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS. Profit
sharing contributions made by a Participating Company pursuant to Section
17(a)(i) of this Adoption Agreement will become vested pursuant to the
following schedule:
[ ] Vested Percentage is 100% at all times
[ ] Vested Percentage is 100% upon completion of
___ years of vesting service (may not exceed
5)
[ ] graded vesting, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of Vested
Vesting Service Percentage
--------------- ----------
<S> <C>
Less than 1 ___%
1 but less than 2 ___%
2 but less than 3 ___%
3 but less than 4 ___% (must be at least 20%)
4 but less than 5 ___% (must be at least 40%)
5 but less than 6 ___% (must be at least 60%)
6 but less than 7 ___% (must be at least 80%)
7 or more 100%
</TABLE>
N/A (b) VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Matching
contributions made by a Participating Company pursuant to Section 17(a)(ii) of
this Adoption Agreement become vested as follows:
[ ] Vested Percentage is 100% at all times
12
<PAGE> 13
[ ] Vested Percentage is determined in accordance
with the vesting schedule in Section (20)(a)
above
N/A (21) VESTING IN TOP-HEAVY YEARS. The Vested Percentage
of a participant who is credited with a year of vesting service during a plan
year in which the Trust and Plan is top-heavy, will be determined as follows:
[ ] Vested Percentage is determined in accordance
with the vesting schedule in Section (20)
above
[ ] Vested Percentage is 100% at all times
[ ] Vested Percentage is 100% upon completion of
__ years of vesting service (may not exceed
3)
[ ] graded vesting, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of Vested
Vesting Service Percentage
--------------- ----------
<S> <C>
Less than 1 0%
1 but less than 2 ___%
2 but less than 3 ___% (must be at least 20%)
3 but less than 4 ___% (must be at least 40%)
4 but less than 5 ___% (must be at least 60%)
5 but less than 6 ___% (must be at least 80%)
6 or more 100%
</TABLE>
N/A (22) VESTING SERVICE EXCLUSIONS. Vesting service
excludes any years of service or periods of service which occurred:
[ ] prior to __________ (cannot be later than the
effective date of the Trust and Plan)
[ ] prior to the time the participant attained ___
years of age (not more than 18)
[ ] prior to the effective date of the Trust and
Plan
13
<PAGE> 14
[ ] prior to the acquisition by the Controlled
Group of a predecessor employer (cannot be
excluded if predecessor maintained a qualified
plan)
[ ] for employees of __________ (division,
department or location), prior to _________
(cannot be later than the date employer
became a Participating Company)
N/A (23) USE OF FORFEITURES. Amounts forfeited under the
Trust and Plan will be:
[ ] reallocated among the accounts of eligible
participants
[ ] used to reduce future Participating Company
contributions
N/A (24) RECREDITING OF ACCOUNTS ON REHIRE. Amounts forfeited
following a termination of employment by a participant who is rehired by a
Participating Company prior to his incurring five (5) consecutive One Year
Breaks In Service will be:
[ ] recredited to his employer contribution
and/or match account as of his date of rehire
[ ] recredited to his employer contribution
and/or match account upon repayment to the
Trust and Plan of any amounts which were
previously distributed to such participant
from the Trust and Plan following his
previous termination of employment
(25) NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE. A participant's normal
retirement date is the day on which he meets each of the following
requirements:
[x] attains age 65 (not less than 55 nor more
than 65)
[x] completes 5 years of participation (not to
exceed 5 years)
14
<PAGE> 15
N/A (26) EARLY RETIREMENT DATE. A participant's early
retirement date is the day on which he retires from the employ of the
Controlled Group subsequent to the date he meets all of the following
requirements:
[ ] attains age ______
[ ] completes ______ years of participation
N/A (27) PERMANENT AND TOTAL DISABILITY. Permanent and total
disability will be determined on the basis of:
[ ] Social Security definition contained in
Section 2.30(a) of the Trust and Plan
[ ] alternative definition contained in Section
2.30(b) of the Trust and Plan
(28) FORMS OF BENEFIT. Distributions upon termination of
employment, retirement, disability and death will be made in accordance with:
[x] Article XVIII of the Trust and Plan
(Non-Annuity Forms)
[ ] Article XVIII-A of the Trust and Plan (Normal
Form - Annuity)
[ ] Article XVIII-A of the Trust and Plan (Normal
Form - Lump Sum unless Annuity Form elected)
(a) NON-ANNUITY FORMS OF BENEFIT. Distributions made in
accordance with Article XVIII or XVIII-A of the Trust and Plan in
a non-annuity form will be permitted in the following form(s):
[x] lump sum form
[ ] installment payments over a period of years
(not to exceed _____ years)
15
<PAGE> 16
[ ] installment payments over the maximum
permissible years under Section 401(a)(9) of
the Code
N/A (b) ANNUITY FORMS OF BENEFIT. Distributions made in
accordance with Article XVIII-A of the Trust and Plan in an annuity form will
be permitted in the following form(s):
[ ] life annuity form
[ ] spouse's annuity form
[ ] joint and survivor form
[ ] life-period certain form over ___ year period
[ ] full cash refund life annuity form
[ ] lump sum form
[ ] installment payments over a period of years
(not to exceed ____ years)
N/A (c) TIMING OF INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. Installment
payments, if permitted pursuant to (a) or (b) above, will be made on the
following basis:
[ ] monthly
[ ] quarterly
[ ] semi-annually
[ ] annually
(29) BENEFIT COMMENCEMENT DATE. In the event of the
termination of employment of a participant for any reason other than his
death, disability or retirement, distribution shall be
16
<PAGE> 17
made or shall commence to be made pursuant to Section 15.2 of the Trust and Plan
as of the date specified below:
(a) if the value of his vested interest is $3,500 or
less (not more than $3500):
[x] as soon as reasonably possible following his
termination of employment
[ ] as soon as reasonably possible following the
close of the plan year in which occurs his
termination of employment
[ ] as soon as reasonably possible following the
close of the calendar quarter in which occurs
his termination of employment
[ ] as soon as reasonably possible following the
close of the half-year in which occurs his
termination of employment
[ ] as soon as reasonably possible following the
valuation date which next follows the date
on which occurs his termination of
employment
[ ] at the same time as indicated in (b) below if
his vested interest were a larger amount
(b) if the value of his vested interest is in excess of
$3,500 (not more than $3500):
[x] as soon as reasonably possible following the
close of the plan year in which his normal
retirement date occurs, or as of such earlier
date as the participant shall select provided
such earlier date is not earlier than an
administratively reasonable period beyond the
date of his termination of employment
[ ] as soon as reasonably possible following the
close of the plan year in which his normal
retirement date occurs, or as of such
earlier date as the participant shall select
provided such earlier date is not earlier
than
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
17
<PAGE> 18
/ / as of the date specified below determined on
the basis of the amount of his vested
interest:
(i) if the value of his vested interest is
greater than $_________ (not more than
$3,500), but not in excess of
$_____________________, the distribution
shall be made or shall commence as soon
as reasonably possible following the
close of the plan year in which his
normal retirement date occurs, or as of
such earlier date as the participant
shall select provided such earlier date
is not earlier than an administratively
reasonable period beyond the date of his
termination of employment; or
(ii) if the value of his vested interest is in
excess of $______________________, the
distribution shall be made or shall
commence as soon as reasonably possible
following the close of the plan year in
which his normal retirement date occurs,
or as of such earlier date as the
participant shall select provided such
earlier date is not earlier than an
administratively reasonable period beyond
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
Except as otherwise permitted by the Adoption Agreement pursuant to Section 18.1
or 18.1A of the Trust and Plan, and pursuant to the election of the participant,
distributions must be made or commence to be made not later than sixty (60) days
after the close of the plan year in which the participant's normal retirement
date occurs.
(30) DELAYED DISTRIBUTION. Following termination of
employment, distributions:
/x/ will commence as of the dates specified in
Articles XV, XVI and XVII of the Trust and
Plan
18
<PAGE> 19
/ / may be deferred by election of the participant
or his beneficiary subject to Sections 18.5
and 18.9A of the Trust and Plan
/ / may be deferred by election of the participant
or his beneficiary subject to Sections 18.5
and 18.9A of the Trust and Plan and the
following additional restrictions: __________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
(31) INSURANCE. The purchase of insurance at the
direction of the participant:
/ / is permitted
/x/ is not permitted
If the purchase of insurance is permitted above, it will be purchased as
follows:
/ / at the direction of the participant
/ / on behalf of all participants meeting the
following requirements (specify): __________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
(32) LOANS. Loans:
/x/ are permitted in any circumstances upon
approval of loan application
/ / are permitted only in the following limited
circumstance(s) and upon approval of the
loan application
/ / in the event the participant would
otherwise qualify for a hardship
distribution, but for the
availability of a plan loan or
other assets
/ / Other (specify): ___________________
____________________________________
19
<PAGE> 20
/ / are not permitted
If permitted, loans may be made from the following accounts:
/x/ all accounts
/ / pre-tax account
/ / match account
/ / employer contribution account
/ / special ADP account
/ / personal account
(33) MINIMUM AMOUNT OF LOANS. If loans are permitted
under Section (32) above, the minimum amount of any loan is:
/x/ $ 1,000.00
/ / no minimum
(34) WITHDRAWALS AND HARDSHIP.
(a) WITHDRAWALS FROM PRE-TAX ACCOUNT. Withdrawals from
pre-tax accounts:
/ / are permitted after age 59-1/2 (must be at
least age 59-1/2)
/ / are not permitted
/ / not applicable
N/A (b) WITHDRAWALS OF QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.
Withdrawals from accounts that contain qualified nonelective contributions:
/ / are permitted after age ____________ (must
be at least age 59-1/2)
20
<PAGE> 21
/ / are not permitted
/ / not applicable
N/A (c) WITHDRAWALS FROM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.
Withdrawals from employer contribution accounts:
/ / are permitted after:
CHOOSE ONE:
/ / the amounts have been credited to such
account for at least 2 years
/ / the participant has completed a minimum
of 5 years of service
/ / are permitted after age __________
/ / are not permitted
N/A (d) WITHDRAWALS FROM MATCH ACCOUNTS. Withdrawals from
match accounts:
/ / are permitted after:
Choose one:
/ / the amounts have been credited to such
account for at least 2 years
/ / the participant has completed a minimum
of 5 years of service
/ / are permitted after age __________
/ / are not permitted
/ / not applicable
21
<PAGE> 22
(e) WITHDRAWALS FROM ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS. Withdrawals
from rollover accounts:
/x/ are permitted
/ / are not permitted
N/A (f) WITHDRAWALS FROM AFTER TAX ACCOUNTS. Withdrawals
from after tax accounts:
/ / are permitted
/ / are not permitted
N/A (g) WITHDRAWALS FROM PRE-87 IRA ACCOUNTS. Withdrawals
from Pre-87 IRA accounts:
/ / are permitted
/ / are permitted after age ______
/ / are permitted for hardship
/ / are not permitted
(h) HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. Hardship distributions:
/x/ are permitted
/ / are not permitted
(35) MINIMUM AMOUNT OF WITHDRAWALS. If withdrawals are
permitted under Section (34) above, the minimum amount of any withdrawal shall
be:
22
<PAGE> 23
/ / the lesser of $________ or the total vested
amount credited to the participants accounts
from which a withdrawal may be made
/x/ no minimum
(36) ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. Rollover contributions from
another qualified retirement plan:
/x/ are permitted
/ / are not permitted
(37) APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEE. The Company hereby
designates the following institution or person(s) as Trustee(s) under the
Trust and Plan:
Ameritrust Company N.A.
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
(38) APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR. The Company hereby
designates RPM, Inc. as the Administrator of the Trust and Plan.
(39) 411(d)(6) Protection. Benefits protected under
Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, if any, are:
None
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
23
<PAGE> 24
These benefits are protected with respect to:
/ / pre-Adoption Date account only
/ / total account
(40) TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS.
(a) TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM BENEFIT. If this Trust and Plan is
top-heavy for a plan year and if a participant who is a non-key employee is also
a participant in any defined benefit or defined contribution plan maintained by
a Participating Company, the top-heavy minimum benefit shall be provided as
follows:
/x/ the minimum benefit required under Code Section 416(c)(l) or
Code Section 416(h)(2)(A)(ii) shall be provided under one of
the defined benefit plans in a manner such that the benefit
provided under such defined benefit plan shall be offset by
the actuarial equivalent of the amounts, if any, credited to
the participant's accounts under this Trust and Plan and any
other defined contribution plan maintained by a
Participating Company for such top-heavy year or years
/ / the minimum benefit required under Code Section 416(c)(l) or
Code Section 416(h)(2)(A)(ii) shall be provided under one of
the defined benefit plans maintained by the Participating
Company
/ / the minimum contribution required under Regulation Section
1.416-1(m)(12) or Regulation Section 1.416-1(m)(14) shall be
provided under one of the defined contribution plans
maintained by the Participating Company
(b) PRESENT VALUE. For purposes of establishing present
value to compute the top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only for
mortality and interest based on the following:
24
<PAGE> 25
INTEREST RATE: 8% FOR ALL FORMS OF BENEFIT EXCEPT LUMP
SUM AND, WITH RESPECT TO LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS, A RATE
EQUAL TO THE K-1 INTEREST RATE IN EFFECT 3 MONTHS PRIOR
TO THE LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTION ESTABLISHED BY THE PENSION
BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION FOR DEFERRED ANNUITIES UNDER
REG. SEC. 2619.45 BUT IN NO EVENT GREATER THAN A RATE OF
10%
MORTALITY TABLE: UNISEX PENSION 1984 MORTALITY TABLE
RATES WITH AN AGE SET BACK OF 1 YEAR FOR EMPLOYEES AND 2
YEARS FOR BENEFICIARIES
(c) VALUATION DATE. For purposes of computing the
top-heavy ratio, the valuation date shall be:
/X/ the last day of the plan year
/ / other (specify): ___________________
_____________________________________
(41) EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS. If a Participating Company
maintains more than one qualified plan and the limitations set forth in Sections
24.1 and 24.2 of the Trust and Plan are exceeded, the benefits of a participant
who participates in more than one such plan will be reduced in the following
order:
(a) FIRST, ALLOCATIONS MADE UNDER THIS TRUST AND
PLAN SHALL BE REDUCED;
(b) SECOND, PROJECTED BENEFITS UNDER THE RPM, INC.
RETIREMENT PLAN SHALL BE REDUCED; AND
(c) ACCRUED BENEFITS UNDER THE RPM, INC.
RETIREMENT PLAN SHALL BE REDUCED.
25
<PAGE> 26
(42) RELIANCE. The Company may not rely on a notification
letter issued by the National or District Office of the Internal Revenue Service
as evidence that the Trust and Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Code.
In order to obtain reliance with respect to plan qualification, the Company must
apply to the appropriate key district office for a determination letter.
(43) SPONSOR INFORMATION. The name, address and
telephone number of the Sponsor of this regional prototype plan are:
Calfee, Halter & Griswold
1800 Society Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
(216) 622-8200
Inquiries regarding adoption of the Trust and Plan, the meaning of any
provisions of the Trust and Plan, or the effect of the notification letter
should be directed to the sponsor at the address set forth above.
(44) AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE OF PLAN. The Sponsor of this
regional prototype plan will inform the Company of any amendments made to the
plan or the discontinuance thereof.
(45) IMPROPER COMPLETION OF ADOPTION AGREEMENT. Failure
to properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of
the Trust and Plan.
(46) BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT. This Adoption Agreement may be
used only in conjunction with basic plan document 01.
26
<PAGE> 27
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participating
Companies, by their duly authorized officers, have caused this Adoption
Agreement to be executed this 20th day of August, 1992.
RPM, INC.
_____________________________ ______________________________
("Company") ("Participating Companies")
By /s/ Thomas C. Sullivan
___________________________
And /s/ Paul A. Granzier
__________________________
AGR Company
Alox Corporation
American Emulsions Co., Inc.
Bondex International, Inc.
Bradshaw - Praeger & Co., Inc.
Briner Paint Mfg. Co., Inc.
Carboline Company
Chemical Specialties Manufacturing
Corporation
Chemical Coatings, Inc.
Consolidated Coatings Corporation
Craft House Corporation
Day-Glo Color Corp.
Design/Craft Fabric Corporation
Floquil-Polly S Color Corp.
Haartz-Mason, Inc.
Kop-Coat, Inc.
Mameco International Inc.
Mohawk Finishing Products, Inc.
Paramount Technical Products, Inc.
PCI Industries, Inc.
Republic Powdered Metals, Inc.
Richard S. Thibaut, Inc.
RPM World Travel, Inc.
Talsol Corporation
The Testor Corporation
Westfield Coatings Corporation
Wm. Zinnser & Co., Inc.
Wisconsin Protective Coatings Corp.
Society National Bank as Successor By
Merger to Ameritrust Company National
Association
<PAGE> 28
The undersigned Trustee hereby executes and agrees to act as
Trustee under the Trust and Plan.
SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK AS
SUCCESSOR BY MERGER TO
AMERITRUST COMPANY NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
By____________________________
And___________________________
Calfee, Halter & Griswold, by its duly authorized
representative, hereby acknowledges receipt of and accepts the foregoing
Adoption Agreement this 11th day of June, 1993.
CALFEE, HALTER & GRISWOLD
("Regional Prototype Sponsor")
By: ________________________
28
<PAGE> 29
RPM, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS TRUST AND PLAN
ATTACHMENT A TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT
----------------------------------
CONTROLLED GROUP
----------------
AGR Company
Alox Corporation
Alox International Sales Corporation
American Emulsions Co., Inc.
Beta Chem, Inc.
Bondex International, Inc.
Bondex International (Canada) Ltee. Ltd.
Bradshaw-Praeger & Co., Inc.
Briner Paint Mfg. Co.
BSP Systems, Inc.
Cal-O-Cam, Inc.
Carboline Company
Carboline Dubai Corporation
Carboline International Corporation
Carboline World Wide Corporation
Carboline/Ferro Powder Coatings Company
Chemical Specialties Manufacturing Corporation
Chemical Coatings, Inc.
Consolidated Coatings Corporation
Craft House Corporation
Day-Glo Color Corp.
Design/Craft Fabric Corporation
Euchem
Euchem, Inc.
29
<PAGE> 30
First Colonial Insurance Company, Inc.
Floquil-Polly S Color Corp.
Fopeco, Inc.
H. Behlen & Bro., Inc.
Haartz-Mason, Inc.
Kop-Coat, Inc.
L.D. Wracm, Inc.
Label Systems Corporation
Lubraspin Corporation
Mameco International, Inc.
Map II, Inc.
Martin Mathys N.V.
Mohawk Finishing Products, Inc.
Paramount Technical Products, Inc.
PCI Industries, Inc.
Radiant Color N.V.
Redwood Transport, Inc.
Republic D & B, Inc.
Republic Powdered Metals, Inc.
Richard E. Thibaut, Inc.
RPM/Belgium N.V.
RPM/Europe B. V.
RPM/France S.A.
RPM, Inc.
RPM/Luxembourg S.A.
RPM/Netherlands B.V.
RPM of Mass., Inc.
30
<PAGE> 31
RPM of North Carolina, Inc.
RPM World Trade
RPM World Travel, Inc.
RPOW (France) S.A.
Select Dye & Chemical, Inc.
Talsol Corporation
The Euclid Chemical Corporation
(General Partnership)
The Euclid Chemical International Sales Corp.
The Testor Corporation
U.S. Polymerics, Inc.
Westfield Coating Corporation
Westgate Advertising, Inc.
William Zinnser & Co., Inc.
Wisconsin Protective Coatings Corp.
31
<PAGE> 32
RPM, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS TRUST AND PLAN
ATTACHMENT B TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT
----------------------------------
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
-----------------------
Adoption Cessation
Name Date Date
- ---- ---- ----
AGR Company June 1, 1992
Alox Corporation June 1, 1992
American Emulsions Co., Inc. June 1, 1992
Bondex International, Inc. June 1, 1992
Bradshaw-Praeger & Co., Inc. June 1, 1992
Briner Paint Mfg. Co., Inc. June 1, 1992
Carboline Company June 1, 1992
Chemical Specialties Manufacturing
Corporation June 1, 1992
Chemical Coatings, Inc. June 1, 1992
Consolidated Coatings Corporation June 1, 1992
Craft House Corporation June 1, 1992
Day-Glo Color Corp. June 1, 1992
Design/Craft Fabric Corporation June 1, 1992
Floquil-Polly S Color Corp. June 1, 1992
Haartz-Mason, Inc. June 1, 1992
Kop-Coat, Inc. Dec. 1, 1992
Mameco International, Inc. June 1, 1992
Mohawk Finishing Products, Inc. June 1, 1992
Paramount Technical Products, Inc. June 1, 1992
PCI Industries, Inc. June 1, 1992
Republic Powdered Metals, Inc. June 1, 1992
Richard E. Thibaut, Inc. June 1, 1992
32
<PAGE> 33
Adoption Cessation
Name Date Date
- ---- ---- ----
RPM, Inc. June 1, 1992
RPM World Travel, Inc. June 1, 1992
Talsol Corporation June 1, 1992
The Testor Corporation June 1, 1992
Westfield Coatings Corporation June 1, 1992
William Zinnser & Co., Inc. June 1, 1992
Wisconsin Protective Coatings Corp. June 1, 1992
33
<PAGE> 34
RPM, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS TRUST AND PLAN
ATTACHMENT C TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT
----------------------------------
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES COVERING HOURLY EMPLOYEES
-------------------------------------------------
AGR Company
Carboline Company
Consolidated Coatings Corporation
Craft House Corporation
Day-Glo Color Corp.
Floquil-Polly S Color Corp.
Kop-Coat, Inc.
Mohawk Finishing Products, Inc.
Paramount Technical Products, Inc.
Republic Powdered Metals, Inc.
The Testor Corporation
Wisconsin Protective Coatings Corp.
34
<PAGE> 35
RETIREMENT SAVINGS TRUST AND PLAN
---------------------------------
A REGIONAL PROTOTYPE PLAN
SPONSORED BY
CALFEE, HALTER & GRISWOLD
800 Superior Avenue
Suite 1800
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
(216) 622-8200
NOTICE/CONFIDENTIAL - COPYRIGHTED MATERIAL
------------------------------------------
This document is protected under the copyright laws of the
United States and international copyright treaties, and contains proprietary,
confidential information of Calfee, Halter & Griswold. Any use, duplication,
publication, display, modification, adaptation or dissemination of this document
or its contents requires the express written permission of Calfee, Halter &
Griswold.
Copyright, 1991, Calfee, Halter & Griswold
All Rights Reserved.
<PAGE> 36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
INTRODUCTION I
Purpose 1.1
Qualification 1.2
DEFINITIONS II
Accounts 2.1
Active Participant 2.2
Administrator 2.3
Allocation Date 2.4
Annuity Starting Date 2.5
Beneficiary 2.6
Board 2.7
Code 2.8
Committee 2.9
Company 2.10
Compensation 2.11
Controlled Group 2.12
Covered Employee 2.13
Date of Hire 2.14
Distribution Account 2.15
Earned Income 2.16
Effective Date 2.17
Employee 2.18
ERISA 2.19
Excess Compensation 2.20
Highly Compensated Employee 2.21
Integration Level 2.22
Leased Employee 2.23
Military Service 2.24
Net Profits 2.25
Normal Retirement Date 2.26
Owner-Employee 2.27
Participant 2.28
Partner-Employee 2.29
Permanent and Total Disability 2.30
Personal Accounts 2.31
Plan Year 2.32
Qualified Nonelective Contribution 2.33
Related Employer 2.34
Restatement Date 2.35
Self-Employed Individual 2.36
Taxable Wage Base 2.37
Taxable Year 2.38
Total Remuneration 2.39
Trust and Plan 2.40
</TABLE>
(ii)
<PAGE> 37
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
Trustee 2.41
Vested Interest 2.42
Vested Percentage 2.43
Other Terms Defined 2.44
SERVICE III
Service Based on the Elapsed Time Method 3.1
Service Based on the Hours Method 3.2
Service With Predecessor Employer 3.3
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION IV
Eligibility Requirements 4.1
Entry Date 4.2
Reemployment 4.3
Active and Inactive Participants 4.4
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS V
Election of Pre-Tax Contributions 5.1
Limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions 5.2
Changes in Elections 5.3
Payment to Trustee 5.4
Pre-Tax Accounts 5.5
Suspension of Pre-Tax Contributions 5.6
PARTICIPATING COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS VI
Types of Contributions 6.1
Employer Contributions 6.2
Matching Contributions 6.3
Special ADP Contribution 6.4
Payment to Trustee 6.5
Accounts 6.6
AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS VII
Amount of After Tax Contributions 7.1
Changes in Payroll Deductions 7.2
Payment to Trustee 7.3
After Tax Accounts 7.4
Deductible Voluntary Contributions 7.5
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS VIII
Contributions are Subject to Limitations 8.1
The Dollar Limit 8.2
Deferral Percentage Limit 8.3
</TABLE>
(iii)
<PAGE> 38
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
Contribution Percentage Limit 8.4
Multiple Use 8.5
Deductibility Limit 8.6
Correcting Excess Contributions 8.7
INVESTMENT FUNDS AND DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT IX
Participant Direction of Investments 9.1
Investment Funds 9.2
Procedures for Direction of Investment 9.3
Change of Direction of Investment 9.4
Valuation of Investment Funds 9.5
Direction of Investments Not Permitted 9.6
INSURANCE CONTRACTS X
Purchase of Insurance Contracts 10.1
Premium Payments 10.2
Accumulation of Dividends, Etc. 10.3
Insufficient Funds for Paying Premiums 10.4
Contract Provisions 10.5
No Insurance Beyond Retirement 10.6
Cash Surrender Values 10.7
Purchase of Contract on Cessation of
Active Participation 10.8
ACCOUNTS XI
Establishment of Accounts 11.1
Crediting of Accounts 11.2
Valuation of Assets 11.3
Valuation of Investment Funds 11.4
Interim Valuation of Assets 11.5
LOANS XII
Loan Administration and Applications 12.1
Terms and Conditions of Loans 12.2
Payment of Prior Loans 12.3
Shareholder-Employee Defined 12.4
WITHDRAWALS FROM ACCOUNTS XIII
Restrictions on Withdrawals 13.1
Withdrawals from Accounts 13.2
</TABLE>
(iv)
<PAGE> 39
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
Termination of Withdrawal Rights 13.3
Spouse's Consent 13.4
HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS XIV
Hardship Distributions 14.1
Immediate and Heavy Financial Need 14.2
Determination of Amount Necessary to
Satisfy an Immediate and Heavy
Financial Need 14.3
Permitted Distributions 14.4
Method of Distribution 14.5
Administration of Hardship Provisions 14.6
Spouse's Consent 14.7
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT XV
Eligibility for Distribution 15.1
Commencement of Distributions 15.2
Vesting and Forfeitures 15.3
Reallocation of Forfeitures 15.4
Forfeitures Used to Reduce Contributions 15.5
Rehired Participants 15.6
RETIREMENT BENEFITS XVI
Normal Retirement 16.1
Early Retirement 16.2
Late Retirement 16.3
Disability Retirement 16.4
Application for Benefits 16.5
DEATH XVII
Death of a Participant 17.1
Death of a Retired or Terminated
Participant Prior to Commencement
of Benefits 17.2
Death of a Retired or Terminated
Participant after Commencement
of Benefits 17.3
Beneficiary of a Participant 17.4
Designation of Alternate Beneficiary 17.5
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity 17.6
Administrator to Notify Trustee 17.7
</TABLE>
(v)
<PAGE> 40
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
Incomplete Disposition 17.8
Ambiguity of Beneficiary Designation 17.9
DISTRIBUTIONS XVIII
Date of Distributions 18.1
Method of Distribution 18.2
Administering Distribution of Accounts 18.3
Lump Sum Payment of Small Amounts 18.4
Restrictions 18.5
Lump Sum Value of Installment Method
of Distributions 18.6
Revaluation of Undistributed Amounts 18.7
Responsibility of Trustee Regarding
Distributions 18.8
DISTRIBUTIONS - ANNUITY OPTION XVIII-A
Date of Distribution 18.1A
Normal Method 18.2A
Annuity Methods of Distribution 18.3A
Optional Methods of Distribution 18.4A
Notice of Methods of Distribution 18.5A
Election of Annuity Contract or
Optional Method of Payment 18.6A
Lump Sum Payment of Small Amounts 18.7A
Lump sum Value of Optional Methods
of Distribution 18.8A
Revaluation of Undistributed Amounts 18.9A
Restrictions on Distributions 18.10A
Responsibility of Trustee Regarding
Distributions 18.11A
THE TRUSTEE, ITS POWERS AND DUTIES XIX
Obligations and Duties 19.1
Resignation by Trustee 19.2
Administration Expenses 19.3
Ownership of Insurance Contracts 19.4
Receipts and Releases 19.5
Segregation of Assets 19.6
Co-Trustees 19.7
Liability of Trustee 19.8
</TABLE>
(vi)
<PAGE> 41
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
INVESTMENTS XX
Investment Powers and Duties of Trustee 20.1
Investment Manager 20.2
Income from Investments 20.3
Prohibited Transactions 20.4
ADMINISTRATION XXI
The Administrator 21.1
Denial of Application for Benefits 21.2
Retirement Savings Committee 21.3
Committee Procedures 21.4
Operation of Committee 21.5
Appeal Process 21.6
Liability of Committee Members 21.7
PROHIBITION AGAINST ALIENATION XXII
Definitions 22.1
General Prohibition on Alienation 22.2
Distribution of Assets on Death 22.3
No Right to Benefits by Alternate Payee 22.4
Notification of Parties and Determination
Whether Qualified 22.5
Interim Procedures 22.6
Investment of Separate Account 22.7
Review Procedures 22.8
Status of Alternate Payee 22.9
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS XXIII
Restrictions 23.1
Determination of Top-Heavy Status 23.2
Top-Heavy Minimum Contributions 23.3
Top-Heavy Vesting 23.4
Vesting upon Cessation of Top-Heavy Status 23.5
Determination of Super Top-Heavy Plan 23.6
Limitations on Annual Additions Under
Top-Heavy Plan 23.7
LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS XXIV
Definitions 24.1
Limitation on Benefits 24.2
</TABLE>
(vii)
<PAGE> 42
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
Reduction of Excess Benefits 24.3
Suspense Account 24.4
ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS INVOLVING OTHER
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS XXV
Rollovers and Transfers from Other Tax
Qualified Plans 25.1
Transfer to Another Qualified Retirement
Plan 25.2
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES XXVI
Identity of Participating Companies 26.1
Authority of Company 26.2
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION XXVII
Power to Amend and Terminate Plan 27.1
Changes in Vesting Provisions 27.2
Termination of Plan 27.3
Partial Termination of Plan or Complete
Discontinuance of Contributions 27.4
MISCELLANEOUS XXVIII
Special Rule Relating to Owner-Employees 28.1
Insurance Company Not a Party 28.2
Bankruptcy or Insolvency 28.3
Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers
of Assets 28.4
No Employment, Legal or Equitable
Right Created 28.5
Prohibition on Reversions 28.6
Spousal Consent 28.7
Procedures for Spousal Consent 28.8
Gender 28.9
Headings 28.10
Indemnification 28.11
Applicable Law 28.12
Compliance with Internal Revenue Code 28.13
</TABLE>
(viii)
<PAGE> 43
ARTICLE I
---------
INTRODUCTION
------------
1.1 PURPOSE. This Trust and Plan is created for the purpose of
providing benefits to the participants in this Trust and Plan upon their
retirement and for the purpose of providing such other benefits to such
participants and their beneficiaries as are hereinafter described.
1.2 QUALIFICATION. The Trust and Plan is intended to
qualify under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 501(a) of the Code.
INTRODUCTION
1-1
<PAGE> 44
ARTICLE II
----------
DEFINITIONS
-----------
Unless the context otherwise indicates, the following terms used herein
shall have the following meanings whenever used in this instrument, regardless
of capitalization:
2.1 ACCOUNTS. The word "accounts" shall mean "pre-tax
accounts" established pursuant to Article V hereof, "employer contribution
accounts," "special ADP accounts" and "match accounts" established pursuant to
Article VI hereof, "after tax accounts" established pursuant to Article VII
hereof which shall be further denominated as either "pre-87 after tax accounts"
or "post-86 after tax accounts", "pre-87 IRA accounts" established pursuant to
Section 7.5 hereof, "distribution accounts" established pursuant to Article XV
hereof and "rollover accounts" established pursuant to Article XXV hereof.
2.2 ACTIVE PARTICIPANT. The words "active participant"
shall mean a participant during any period he is a Covered Employee
at a Participating Company.
2.3 ADMINISTRATOR. The word "Administrator" shall mean the
person or persons, corporation or partnership designated as Administrator under
Section (38) of the Adoption Agreement and Article XXI hereof.
2.4 ALLOCATION DATE. The words "allocation date" shall
mean the last day of each plan year.
DEFINITIONS
2-1
<PAGE> 45
2.5 ANNUITY STARTING DATE. The words "annuity starting date"
shall mean for any participant the first day of the first period for which he
receives an amount paid as an annuity or in any other form by reason of his
termination of employment, retirement or disability under the terms of this
Trust and Plan.
2.6 BENEFICIARY. The word "beneficiary" shall mean any person,
other than an alternate payee as defined in Section 22.1, who receives or is
designated to receive payment of any benefit under the terms of this Trust and
Plan because of the death of a participant.
2.7 BOARD. The word "Board" shall mean the Board of a
corporation or the corresponding Board or Committee of a partnership or other
entity or the proprietor in the case of a proprietorship or the Board of
Trustees in the case of a non-profit corporation.
2.8 CODE. The word "Code" shall mean the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
2.9 COMMITTEE. The word "Committee" shall mean the
Retirement Savings Committee constituted under the provisions of
Article XXI of this Trust and Plan.
2.10 COMPANY. The word "Company" shall mean the entity
designated in Section (1) of the Adoption Agreement or any other business
organization which shall assume the obligations of such entity under this Trust
and Plan.
2.11 COMPENSATION. The word "compensation" shall mean
certain remuneration paid to an employee by a Participating Company
DEFINITIONS
2-2
<PAGE> 46
determined in accordance with one of the definitions contained in subsection (a)
hereof as selected in Section (16)(a) of the Adoption Agreement. Compensation,
as so defined, will then be adjusted as described in subsection (b) hereof to
the extent specified in Section (16)(b) of the Adoption Agreement and will
exclude any amounts designated by the Company in Section (16)(c) of the Adoption
Agreement.
(a) BASIC DEFINITION. The basic definition of "compensation"
used under the Trust and Plan shall be one of the following:
(i) SECTION 415 COMPENSATION. Compensation as
defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(1) and (2) which generally
includes all taxable remuneration paid to the employee in cash or in kind for
the performance of services as a Covered Employee for a Participating Company
including taxable expense reimbursements, fringe benefits, and welfare benefits
and generally excludes all nontaxable fringe benefits, welfare benefits and
employee benefits, except that the following amounts which are otherwise taxable
are excluded:
(A) Distributions from a funded deferred
compensation plan, whether or not
qualified;
(B) Restricted property, unless an election
is made under Code Section 83(b);
(C) Amounts treated as taxable upon the
exercise of a nonqualified stock option;
(D) Amounts realized upon the sale, exchange
or other disposition of stock acquired
under a qualified stock option; and
DEFINITIONS
2-3
<PAGE> 47
(E) Amounts contributed by the Participating
Company to a simplified employee pension
plan.
(ii) MODIFIED SECTION 415 COMPENSATION. Compen-
sation as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(10) which is the
same as set forth in subsection (i) above except that the following otherwise
taxable amounts will also be excluded:
(A) Amounts paid to the employee as accident
or sickness benefits or medical
reimbursements;
(B) Moving expenses; and
(C) All amounts related to restricted
property or nonqualified options.
(iii) MODIFIED SECTION 3121 COMPENSATION. "Wages"
as defined in Code Section 3121 for Federal Insurance Contributions Act
purposes, without regard to the limit set forth in Code Section 3121(a)(1) and
without regard to any rules that relate to the nature or location of the
employment or the services performed, which generally is all taxable
remuneration paid to the employee in cash or in kind for the performance of
services as a Covered Employee for a Participating Company including taxable
expense reimbursements, moving expenses, fringe benefits, and welfare benefits
and generally excludes all nontaxable fringe benefits, welfare benefits and
employee benefits, except that:
(A) Amounts contributed under a salary
reduction agreement to a 401(k)
arrangement, to a 403(b) annuity or a
simplified employee pension plan are
excluded from "compensation" even though
included in wages under Code Section
3121(v);
DEFINITIONS
2-4
<PAGE> 48
(B) Amounts attributable to nonqualified
deferred compensation are excluded from
"compensation" even though included in
wages under Code Section 3121(v);
(C) Amounts paid to an employee for medical
or hospital expenses in connection with
sickness or accident disability are
excluded from "compensation" even though
taxable;
(D) Amounts paid to, or on behalf of, an
employee on account of sickness or
accident disability more than six months
after the calendar month when the
employee last worked for a member of the
Controlled Group are excluded from
"compensation" even though taxable; and
(E) Tips paid in any medium other than cash
are excluded from "compensation" even
though taxable.
(iv) MODIFIED SECTION 3401 COMPENSATION. "Wages"
as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for income tax withholding purposes, without
regard to any rules that relate to the nature or location of the employment or
the services performed, which generally is all taxable remuneration paid to the
employee in cash or in kind for the performance of services as a Covered
Employee for a Participating Company including taxable expense reimbursements,
moving expenses, fringe benefits, and welfare benefits and generally excludes
all nontaxable fringe benefits, welfare benefits and employee benefits, except
that:
(A) Amounts paid for group term life
insurance are excluded from
"compensation" even though taxable; and
(B) Tips paid in any medium other than cash
are excluded from "compensation" even
though taxable.
DEFINITIONS
2-5
<PAGE> 49
(v) W-2 EARNINGS. Remuneration which is received
by an employee in cash or in kind for the performance of services as a Covered
Employee for a Participating Company and which must be reported as wages on the
employee's Form W-2 for income tax purposes.
(b) SAFE HARBOR ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION. To the
extent elected in Section (16) of the Adoption Agreement, the following
adjustments will be made to the "compensation" of an employee:
(i) Compensation shall be increased for salary
reduction amounts which are excluded from the taxable income of the employee
under Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8) and 402(h).
(ii) Compensation shall be reduced by all of the
following amounts even if they are taxable to the employee:
(A) expense reimbursements, expense
allowances or moving expenses;
(B) cash and noncash fringe benefits and
welfare benefits; and
(C) deferred compensation.
(c) COMPENSATION LIMIT. In addition to other applicable
limitations set forth in the Trust and Plan, and notwithstanding any other
provision of the Trust and Plan to the contrary, for plan years beginning on
or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of each employee taken into
account under the Trust and Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as
adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost of living in accordance
DEFINITIONS
2-6
<PAGE> 50
with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect
for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding twelve (12) months,
over which compensation is determined (determination period) beginning in such
calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than twelve (12)
months, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and
the denominator of which is twelve (12).
For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any
reference in this Trust and Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of
the Code shall mean the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this
provision.
If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
account in determining an employee's benefits accruing in the current plan year,
the compensation for that prior determination period is subject to the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
this purpose, for determination periods beginning before the first day of the
first plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum compensation of any
highly compensated employee that can be considered for any purpose under this
Trust and Plan for any plan year commencing prior to January 1, 1994 shall be
Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) plus such adjustments for increases
in the cost of
DEFINITIONS
2-7
<PAGE> 51
living as shall be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to
Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
In determining the limit on compensation set forth in this
paragraph (c), the family aggregation rules contained in Section 414(q)(6) of
the Code and any lawful regulations thereunder shall apply, except that in
applying such rules, the term "family" shall include only the spouse of the
employee and any lineal descendants of the employee who have not attained age
nineteen (19) before the close of the plan year. If, as a result of the
application of such family aggregation rules, the limit on compensation set
forth above is exceeded, the limit shall apply to the affected family members'
compensation as follows:
(i) If this Trust and Plan is not integrated pursuant to
Sections (17)(a) and (18)(a) of the Adoption Agreement, the amount of each
family member's compensation which shall count toward the limit shall equal that
portion of the limit which bears the same relationship to the limit as such
family member's compensation, determined under this Section 2.11 prior to the
application of such compensation limit ("unlimited compensation"), bears to the
total unlimited compensation of all the family members.
(ii) If this Trust and Plan is integrated pursuant to Sections
(17)(a) and (18)(a) of the Adoption Agreement:
(A) the entire amount of each family member's
compensation up to the taxable wage base shall
count toward the limit; and
(B) the amount of each family member's compensation in
excess of the taxable
DEFINITIONS
2-8
<PAGE> 52
wage base which shall count toward the limit shall
equal that portion of the limit remaining, after
taking into account the compensation in (A) above,
which bears the same relationship to the limit
remaining as such family member's compensation, as
determined under this Section 2.11 prior to the
application of such compensation limit ("unlimited
compensation"), bears to the total unlimited
compensation of all the family members.
The amount of compensation for any plan year shall be determined as of the last
day of such year.
(d) COMPENSATION WITH RESPECT TO SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS. For
any self-employed individual covered under the Trust and Plan, compensation
means earned income.
2.12 CONTROLLED GROUP. The words "Controlled Group" shall mean
the Company and all corporations or business organizations which are members of
a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code, a
controlled group of trades or businesses, as defined in Section 414(c) of the
Code, an affiliated service group, as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code, or
any other arrangements as defined in regulations under Section 414(o) of the
Code of which the Company is a part but, in each case, only during the periods
any such corporation or business organization is so defined.
2.13 COVERED EMPLOYEE. The words "Covered Employee" shall mean
any employee of a Participating Company designated as a Covered Employee
pursuant to Section (12) of the Adoption Agreement.
DEFINITIONS
2-9
<PAGE> 53
2.14 DATE OF HIRE. The words "date of hire" shall mean the date
on which an employee commences employment and works at least one (1) hour of
service for a member of the Controlled Group and shall mean, in the case of a
rehired employee, the first date following his previous termination of
employment on which he works at least one (1) of service hour for a member of
the Controlled Group.
2.15 DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. The words "distribution account"
shall mean, with respect to a participant whose employment has terminated for a
reason other than his death, disability or retirement, an account which had been
an employer contribution or match account during his previous period of
participation, after said accounts shall have been debited by the amounts, if
any, forfeited pursuant to Section 15.3 hereof, and which, pursuant to Article
XV hereof, shall have been converted into a "distribution account."
2.16 EARNED INCOME. The words "earned income" shall mean net
earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the
Trust and Plan is established, provided the personal services of the individual
are a material income producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without
regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to
such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions made by a member of the
Controlled Group to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Section 404
of the Code. Net earnings are also determined taking into account the deduction
allowed to a member of
DEFINITIONS
2-10
<PAGE> 54
the Controlled Group by Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning
after December 31, 1989.
2.17 EFFECTIVE DATE. The words "effective date" of this Trust
and Plan shall mean the date specified in Section (7) of the Adoption Agreement.
2.18 EMPLOYEE. The word "employee" shall mean any person
employed in the trade, business or profession of a member of the Controlled
Group, including any common-law employee, owner-employee or partner-employee.
The word "employee" shall not include any person who renders service to a member
of the Controlled Group solely as a director or independent contractor. The word
"employee" shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an employee of
the Controlled Group as provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.
2.19 ERISA. The acronym "ERISA" shall mean the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
2.20 EXCESS COMPENSATION. The words "excess compensation"
shall mean for any participant compensation in excess of the integration level
specified in Section (18)(a) of the Adoption Agreement.
2.21 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. The words "highly compensated
employee" shall mean an employee or a former employee who is highly compensated
for a plan year as described in Section 414(q) of the Code, which is hereby
incorporated by reference. A highly compensated employee is described for
informational purposes herein as an employee during a plan year if either:
DEFINITIONS
2-11
<PAGE> 55
(a) during the preceding plan year, he:
(i) was at any time a five percent (5%) or more actual
or constructive owner of a member of the
Controlled Group;
(ii) received Total Remuneration from the Controlled
Group greater than Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars
($75,000.00) (plus any increase for cost of living
after 1987 as determined by the Secretary of the
Treasury or his delegate);
(iii) received Total Remuneration from the Controlled
Group greater than Fifty Thousand Dollars
($50,000.00) (plus any increase for cost of living
after 1987 as determined by the Secretary of the
Treasury or his delegate) and was in the "top paid
group" of employees of the Controlled Group for
such plan year; or
(iv) was at any time an officer of a member of the
Controlled Group and received Total Remuneration
greater than Forty-Five Thousand Dollars
($45,000.00) or, if greater, fifty percent (50%)
of the amount specified in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of
the Code for such plan year (plus any increase for
cost of living after 1987 as determined by the
Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate); or
(b) during the current plan year, he either:
(i) was at any time a five percent (5%) or more actual
or constructive owner of a member of the
Controlled Group; or
(ii) was one of the one hundred (100) highest paid
employees of the Controlled Group for the current
plan year and meets the requirements of (a)(ii),
(a)(iii) or (a)(iv) above for the current plan
year.
For purposes of determining the members of the "top paid group"
under subsection (a)(iii) above, an employee is a member of the top paid group
for any plan year if for such plan year the employee is a member of a group
consisting of the top paid twenty percent (20%) of employees of the Controlled
Group ranked on the
DEFINITIONS
2-12
<PAGE> 56
basis of Total Remuneration from the Controlled Group paid during the plan year.
In determining the members of the top paid group, the following employees shall
be excluded:
(A) employees who have not completed six (6) months of
service;
(B) employees who normally work less than seventeen and
one-half (17-1/2) hours per week;
(C) employees who normally work during not more than
six (6) months during any year;
(D) employees who have not attained age twenty-one
(21);
(E) except to the extent provided in regulations,
employees who are included in a unit of employees
covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor
finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between
employee representatives and a member of the
Controlled Group; and
(F) employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive
no earned income (within the meaning of Section
911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Controlled Group
which constitutes income from sources within the
United States (within the meaning of Section
861(a)(3) of the Code).
The Company may elect (in such manner as may be provided by the Secretary of the
Treasury or his delegate) to apply subsections (A), (B), (C), or (D) above by
substituting a shorter period of service, smaller number of hours or months, or
lower age for the period of service, number of hours or months, or age (as the
case may be) than that specified in such subsection.
For purposes of determining the number and identity of
"officers" in subsection (a)(iv) above:
(1) The total number of employees treated as officers
shall be limited to the lesser of:
(I) fifty (50); or
DEFINITIONS
2-13
<PAGE> 57
(II) the greater of three (3) employees or ten percent
(10%) of all employees of the Controlled Group;
but
(2) If no employee would be described as an officer pursuant to
subsection (a)(iv), the highest paid officer shall be
treated as described in such subsection.
A highly compensated former employee is described for informational
purposes herein as a former employee if either:
(a) such former employee was a highly compensated employee when
such former employee terminated his employment; or
(b) such former employee was a highly compensated employee at
any time after attaining age fifty-five (55).
If any individual is a member of the family of a five percent (5%)
owner or of a highly compensated employee in the group consisting of the ten
(10) highly compensated employees paid the greatest Total Remuneration by the
Controlled Group during the plan year, then for purposes of any Section of this
Trust and Plan which uses the term highly compensated employee, (A) such
individual shall not be considered a separate employee, and (B) any such Total
Remuneration paid to such individual by the Controlled Group (and any applicable
contribution or benefit on behalf of such individual) shall be treated as if it
were paid to (or on behalf of) the highly compensated employee. For purposes of
the foregoing, the word "family" shall mean, with respect to any employee, such
employee's spouse and lineal ascendants or descendants and the spouses of such
lineal ascendants or descendants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of
Section 2.11(c) of this Trust and Plan, the word "family" shall
DEFINITIONS
2-14
<PAGE> 58
only include the employee's spouse and lineal descendants under age
nineteen (19).
2.22 INTEGRATION LEVEL. The words "integration level" shall mean a
percentage of the taxable wage base or other dollar amount, specified in Section
(18)(a) of the Adoption Agreement.
2.23 LEASED EMPLOYEE. The words "Leased Employee" shall mean any
individual (other than an employee of a Participating Company) who, pursuant to
an agreement between the Participating Company and any leasing organization, has
performed services for the Company or for the Participating Company and related
persons, as determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code, on a
substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one (1) year; provided,
however, that such services are of a type historically performed by employees in
the business field of the Participating Company. Contributions or benefits
provided on behalf of a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are
attributable to services performed for the Participating Company shall be
treated as provided by the Participating Company.
A Leased employee shall not be considered an employee of a
Participating Company if:
(a) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
which provides the following:
(i) a nonintegrated employer contribution formula of
at least ten percent (10%) of a participant's
Total Remuneration, as defined in Section 2.39
hereof, together with amounts contributed on his
behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
which are excludable from the employee's gross
income pursuant to Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)
or 403(b) of the Code;
DEFINITIONS
2-15
<PAGE> 59
(ii) immediate participation in said money purchase
pension plan; and
(iii) full and immediate vesting under said money
purchase pension plan; and
(b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent
(20%) of the Participating Company's nonhighly compensated
employees.
2.24 MILITARY SERVICE. The words "military service" shall mean duty in
the Armed Forces of the United States, whether voluntary or involuntary,
provided that the employee serves not more than one voluntary enlistment or tour
of duty, and further provided that such voluntary enlistment or tour of duty
does not follow involuntary duty.
2.25 NET PROFITS. The words "net profits" shall mean the amount of net
profit earned by a Participating Company during a particular taxable year or
years of such Participating Company, as shown on the financial statements of
such Participating Company and as calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, before provision for contributions hereunder for
the current taxable year and before provision for any taxes based upon income.
2.26 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE. The words "normal retirement date"
shall mean the date specified in Section (25) of the Adoption Agreement.
2.27 OWNER-EMPLOYEE. The word "owner-employee" shall mean a sole
proprietor or a partner who owns more than ten percent (10%) of either the
capital or profits interest of a partnership.
DEFINITIONS
2-16
<PAGE> 60
2.28 PARTICIPANT. The word "participant" shall mean any person who
becomes a participant in this Trust and Plan in accordance with Article IV
hereof. A person shall cease to be a participant upon his termination of
employment.
2.29 PARTNER-EMPLOYEE. The word "partner-employee" shall mean a
partner who owns ten percent (10%) or less of either the capital or profits
interest of a partnership.
2.30 PERMANENT AND TOTAL DISABILITY. The words "permanent and total
disability" and "disability" shall have the meaning set forth in the definition
below which has been specified in Section (27) of the Adoption Agreement.
(a) SOCIAL SECURITY DEFINITION. Under this definition, "permanent and
total disability" and "disability" shall mean any disability which entitles the
participant to disability retirement benefits under the United States Social
Security Act.
(b) ALTERNATIVE DEFINITION. Under this definition, "permanent and
total disability" and "disability" shall mean any disability which continuously
disables and wholly prevents a participant from performing the duties of his
occupation and which is expected to be of permanent duration, except that no
participant shall be deemed to be permanently and totally disabled if such
disability was (i) contracted, suffered or incurred while the participant was
engaged in, or resulted from his having engaged in, a criminal act or enterprise
or (ii) resulted from his habitual drunkenness or addiction to narcotics or
(iii) resulted from any intentionally self-inflicted injury.
DEFINITIONS
2-17
<PAGE> 61
2.31 PERSONAL ACCOUNTS. The words "personal accounts" shall mean
pre-87 after tax accounts, post-86 after tax accounts, pre-87 IRA accounts and
rollover accounts.
2.32 PLAN YEAR. The words "plan year" shall mean the twelve (12)
consecutive month period specified in Section (10) of the Adoption Agreement.
Where the context so requires, "plan year" shall also mean the twelve (12) month
period specified in Section (10) of the Adoption Agreement relating to a prior
period or periods.
2.33 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION. The words "qualified
nonelective contribution" shall mean any special ADP contribution, together with
any employer contribution and matching contribution which satisfies the
requirements of Section 401(m)(4)(C) of the Code and regulations issued
thereunder.
2.34 RELATED EMPLOYER. The words "Related Employer" shall mean a
corporation or other business organization which, when aggregated with any
Participating Company, would be a single employer within the meaning of Sections
414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code, if the phrase "more than fifty percent
(50%)" is substituted for the phrase "at least eighty percent (80%)" where the
latter phrase is applicable under such Sections, but in each case, only during
the periods any such corporation or business organization would be so defined.
2.35 RESTATEMENT DATE. The words "restatement date" shall mean the
date, if any, specified in Section (8) of the Adoption Agreement.
DEFINITIONS
2-18
<PAGE> 62
2.36 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL. The words "self-employed individual"
shall mean an individual who has earned income for the taxable year with respect
to which the Trust and Plan is established, as well as an individual who would
have had earned income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net
profits for the taxable year.
2.37 TAXABLE WAGE BASE. The words "taxable wage base" shall mean, with
respect to any plan year, the maximum amount of compensation which may be
considered wages for said plan year under Section 3121(a) of the Code in effect
as of the beginning of the plan year.
2.38 TAXABLE YEAR. The words "taxable year" shall mean the annual
accounting period of the Company, as specified in Section (9) of the Adoption
Agreement.
2.39 TOTAL REMUNERATION. The words "Total Remuneration" shall mean,
for any participant, his Section 415 Compensation as defined in Section
2.11(a)(1) of this Trust and Plan which is paid to him by a Participating
Company or any Related Employer.
2.40 TRUST AND PLAN. The words "Trust and Plan" shall mean for each
Participating Company this instrument, together with the Adoption Agreement, as
originally executed, and as it or they may be amended from time to time.
2.41 TRUSTEE. The word "Trustee" shall mean the Trustee designated
pursuant to Section (37) of the Adoption Agreement and any successor Trustee or
Trustees.
DEFINITIONS
2-19
<PAGE> 63
2.42 VESTED INTEREST. The words "vested interest" shall mean, with
respect to any participant, (a) plus (b) minus (c) where:
(a) equals the amount, if any, then credited to all pre-tax,
special ADP, and distribution accounts maintained on his
behalf;
(b) equals the sum of:
(i) the amount credited to his employer contribution
and match accounts multiplied by his applicable
Vested Percentage; plus
(ii) any distributions to the participant or
withdrawals by the participant made from his
employer contribution and match accounts since his
earliest date of hire which has not been followed
by five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks In
Service, multiplied by his applicable Vested
Percentage; and
(c) equals the amount of any distributions to the participant or
withdrawals by the participant made from his employer
contribution and match accounts since his earliest date of
hire which has not been followed by five (5) consecutive One
Year Breaks In Service.
2.43 VESTED PERCENTAGE. The words "Vested Percentage" shall mean for
any participant the percentage determined on the basis of his number of years of
vesting service in accordance with the vesting alternative specified in Sections
(20) and (21) of the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Trust and Plan to the contrary, upon attainment of his normal retirement
date and during all periods thereafter, a participant shall have a Vested
Percentage of one hundred percent (100%).
2.44 OTHER TERMS DEFINED. Other terms are defined elsewhere in this
Trust and Plan and in the Adoption Agreement
DEFINITIONS
2-20
<PAGE> 64
hereto. Such terms and the locations of their definitions are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
(a) active participant sec. 4.4, Plan
(b) Administrator sec. 38, Ad.Ag.
(c) Adoption Date sec. 1, Ad.Ag.
(d) aggregate limit sec. 8.5, Plan
(e) alternate payee sec. 22.1, Plan
(f) annual additions sec. 24.1, Plan
(g) compensation sec. 16, Ad.Ag.
(h) contribution percentage sec. 8.4, Plan
(i) Covered Employee sec. 12, Ad.Ag.
(j) death beneficiary sec. 17.4, Plan
(k) deferral percentage sec. 8.3, Plan
(l) defined benefit plan fraction sec. 24.1, Plan
(m) defined contribution
plan fraction sec. 24.1, Plan
(n) determination date sec. 23.2, Plan
(o) domestic relations order sec. 22.1 Plan
(p) early retirement date sec. 26, Ad.Ag.
(q) effective date sec. 7, Ad.Ag.
(r) entry date sec. 15, Ad.Ag.
(s) family member sec. 2.21, Plan
(t) hour(s) of service secs. 3.1, 3.2, Plan
(u) inactive participant sec. 4.4, Plan
(v) key employee sec. 23.2, Plan
(w) limitation year sec. 11, Ad.Ag.
(x) match period sec. 17(a)(ii), Ad.Ag.
(y) Maximum Permitted Disparity sec. 6.2(c), Plan
(z) non-key employee sec. 23.2, Plan
(aa) normal retirement date sec. 25, Ad.Ag.
(bb) One Year Break In Service secs. 3.1, 3.2, Plan
(cc) Participating Company sec. 6, Ad.Ag.
(dd) period of service sec. 3.1, Plan
(ee) period of severance sec. 3.1, Plan
(ff) permanent and total disability sec. 27, Ad.Ag.
(gg) permissive aggregation group sec. 23.2, Plan
(hh) Plan No. sec. 3, Ad.Ag.
(ii) plan year sec. 10, Ad.Ag.
(jj) Predecessor Plan sec. 2, Ad.Ag.
(kk) present value sec. 23.2, Plan;
sec. 40(b), Ad.Ag.
(ll) Projected Annual Benefit sec. 24.1, Plan
(mm) qualified domestic relations
order sec. 22.1, Plan
(nn) required aggregation group sec. 23.2, Plan
(oo) Related Companies sec. 5, Ad.Ag.
(pp) restatement date sec. 8, Ad.Ag.
(qq) Service sec. 13, Ad.Ag.
(rr) Shareholder-Employee sec. 12.4, Plan
(ss) Sponsor sec. 43, Ad.Ag.
(tt) taxable year sec. 9, Ad.Ag.
(uu) termination of employment secs. 3.1, 3.2, Plan
</TABLE>
DEFINITIONS
2-21
<PAGE> 65
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
(vv) top-heavy group sec. 23.2, Plan
(ww) Trustee sec. 37, Ad.Ag.
(xx) valuation date sec. 23.2, Plan;
sec. 40(c), Ad.Ag.
(yy) Vested Percentage secs. 20, 21, Ad.Ag.
(zz) vesting service secs. 3.1, sec. 3.2, Plan,
sec. 13(b), (22),
Ad.Ag.
(aaa) year of service secs. 3.1, 3.2, Plan
</TABLE>
DEFINITIONS
2-22
<PAGE> 66
ARTICLE III
-----------
SERVICE
-------
3.1 SERVICE BASED ON THE ELAPSED TIME METHOD. If the Company shall
elect, pursuant to Section (13) of the Adoption Agreement, to calculate service
for purposes of this Trust and Plan based on the elapsed time method, the
following definitions shall apply:
(a) HOUR OF SERVICE. The words "hour of service" or "hour" shall mean
for any employee an hour for which he is directly or indirectly paid or entitled
to payment by a member of the Controlled Group for the performance of duties
either as regular wages, salary or commissions or pursuant to an award or
agreement requiring a member of the Controlled Group to pay back wages,
irrespective of mitigation of damages.
(b) ONE YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE. The words "One Year Break In Service"
shall mean for any employee or former employee a twelve (12) month period of
severance commencing on his termination of employment or any anniversary
thereof.
(c) PERIOD OF SERVICE. The words "period of service" shall mean for
any employee any period during which he is or was employed by a member of the
Controlled Group. Each such period shall be measured from his date of hire to
the date of termination of employment which follows such date of hire.
In addition, if any employee is rehired within twelve (12) months of:
ELAPSED TIME METHOD
3-1
<PAGE> 67
(A) the date of his termination of employment; or
(B) if earlier, the first day of any period of leave of absence,
layoff, or military service after the end of which the
employee did not return to work for a member of the
Controlled Group prior to his termination of employment,
such employee's "period of service" shall include the period of severance
measured from his date of termination of employment until his subsequent date of
rehire.
Two or more periods of service or periods of severance that are
included in an employee's service and that contain fractions of a year (computed
in months and days) shall be aggregated on the basis of twelve (12) months
constituting a year and thirty (30) days constituting a month.
(d) PERIOD OF SEVERANCE. The words "period of severance" shall
mean, with respect to an employee or former employee, a period commencing on his
termination of employment and ending on the date such employee is rehired by a
member of the Controlled Group. In the event of the termination of employment of
an employee, on or after the first day of the plan year which commenced or would
have commenced during 1985, by reason of either:
(i) the pregnancy of such employee; or
(ii) the birth of a child of such employee; or
(iii) the placement of a child with such employee in connection
with the adoption of such child by such employee; or
(iv) caring for such child for a period beginning immediately
following such birth or placement;
ELAPSED TIME METHOD
3-2
<PAGE> 68
such employee's period of severance shall be deemed to have commenced on the
first anniversary of the last day he actually performed services for a member of
the Controlled Group. The Administrator may require any employee who is absent
from work by reason of any such pregnancy, birth or placement to furnish to the
Administrator such timely information as the Administrator may reasonably
require to establish that the employee's absence from work was by reason of such
pregnancy, birth or placement.
(e) TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The words "termination of employment"
shall mean for any employee the occurrence of any one of the following events:
(i) he is discharged by a member of the Controlled Group unless
he is subsequently reemployed and given pay back to his date
of discharge;
(ii) he voluntarily terminates employment with a member of the
Controlled Group;
(iii) he retires from employment with a member of the Controlled
Group;
(iv) he fails to return to work at the end of any leave of
absence authorized by a member of the Controlled Group, or
within ninety (90) days following such employee's release
from military service or within any other period following
military service in which his right to reemployment with a
member of the Controlled Group is guaranteed by law, or
within three (3) days after he has been recalled to work
following a period of layoff;
(v) he has been continuously laid-off for six (6) months; or
(vi) he fails to return to work after the cessation of disability
income payments under any sick leave, short term disability
program or long term disability program of a member of the
Controlled Group.
ELAPSED TIME METHOD
3-3
<PAGE> 69
In the case of the occurrence of any event described in (iv) or (v) of this
Section 3.1(e), the date of such employee's termination of employment shall be
deemed to be the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the first day of any
such period of leave of absence, layoff, or military service, or (B) the last
day of any such period of leave of absence, layoff or military service.
(f) VESTING SERVICE. The words "vesting service" shall mean, for any
employee, the aggregate of all his periods of service, excluding any periods of
service as the Company shall designate pursuant to Section (22) of the Adoption
Agreement and excluding any period of service that a rehired employee had prior
to his most recent termination of employment, determined as of such date of
termination of employment pursuant to this Section 3.1(f), provided that:
(i) such rehired employee did not have a vested interest under
this Trust and Plan on such date of termination of
employment;
(ii) such rehired employee has had a period of severance which
equals or exceeds five (5) years; and
(iii) the period of such rehired employee's vesting service is
less than or equal to his period of severance.
(g) YEAR OF SERVICE. The words "year of service" shall mean for any
employee a twelve (12) month period of service.
3.2 SERVICE BASED ON THE HOURS METHOD. If the Company shall elect,
pursuant to Section (13) of the Adoption Agreement,
HOURS METHOD
3-4
<PAGE> 70
to calculate service for purposes of this Trust and Plan based on the hours
method, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) HOURS OF SERVICE. The words "hours of service" or "hours" shall
mean for any employee the actual number of hours for which he is directly or
indirectly paid or entitled to payment by a member of the Controlled Group for
the performance of duties either as regular wages, salary or commissions, or for
reasons other than the performance of duties such as vacation or holiday pay,
and in either case, including payments pursuant to an award or agreement
requiring a member of the Controlled Group to pay back wages, irrespective of
mitigation of damages. Hours of service under this paragraph shall be calculated
and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of
Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by reference. Notwithstanding
the foregoing,
(i) no employee shall be credited with more than 501 hours of
service with respect to payments he receives or is entitled
to receive during any single continuous period during which
he performs no services for a member of the Controlled Group
(irrespective of whether he has terminated employment) due
to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of
absence;
(ii) no employee shall be credited with hours of service with
respect to payments he receives or is entitled to receive
during a period when he performs no services for a member of
the Controlled Group under a plan maintained solely for the
purpose of complying with applicable workers' compensation,
unemployment compensation, disability insurance or Federal
Social Security laws; and
(iii) no employee or former employee shall be credited with hours
of service with respect to payments he
HOURS METHOD
3-5
<PAGE> 71
receives or is entitled to receive under a pension benefit
plan to which a member of the Controlled Group has
contributed during a period when he performs no services for
a member of the Controlled Group.
(b) ONE YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE. The words "One Year Break In
Service" shall mean for any employee or former employee a plan year, ending
after his termination of employment, during which the employee or former
employee did not complete more than five hundred (500) hours of service for a
member of the Controlled Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 3.2(b), in the event any employee is absent from work, on or after the
first day of the plan year which commenced in 1985, by reason of either:
(i) the pregnancy of such employee; or
(ii) the birth of a child of such employee; or
(iii) the placement of a child with such employee in
connection with the adoption of such child by such
employee; or
(iv) caring for such child for a period beginning
immediately following such birth or placement;
such employee shall, solely for the purposes of determining whether such
employee has incurred a One Year Break In Service pursuant to this Section
3.2(b), be credited either with the hours of service which otherwise would
normally have been credited to such employee but for such absence or, in any
case in which the Administrator is unable to determine the hours described in
the preceding clause, eight (8) hours per day of such absence; provided,
however, that the total number of hours of service which an employee may be
credited with by reason of
HOURS METHOD
3-6
<PAGE> 72
any such pregnancy, birth or placement shall not exceed five hundred one (501)
hours. An employee shall be credited with the hours of service described in the
preceding sentence only in the plan year in which the absence from work begins
if the employee would be prevented from incurring a One Year Break In Service in
such plan year solely because the employee is credited with hours of service
pursuant to the preceding sentence or, in any other case, in the immediately
following plan year. The Administrator may require any employee who is absent
from work because of any such pregnancy, birth or placement to furnish to the
Administrator such timely information as the Administrator may reasonably
require to establish both that the employee's absence from work is because of
such pregnancy, birth or placement and the number of days during which the
employee was absent because of such pregnancy, birth or placement.
(c) TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The words "termination of employment"
shall mean for any employee the occurrence of any one of the following events:
(i) he is discharged by a member of the Controlled Group unless
he is subsequently reemployed and given pay back to his date
of discharge;
(ii) he voluntarily terminates employment with a member of the
Controlled Group;
(iii) he retires from employment with a member of the Controlled
Group;
(iv) he fails to return to work at the end of any leave of
absence authorized by a member of the Controlled Group, or
within ninety (90) days following such employee's release
from military service or within any other period following
military service in which his right to
HOURS METHOD
3-7
<PAGE> 73
reemployment with a member of the Controlled Group is
guaranteed by law, or within three (3) days after he has
been recalled to work following a period of layoff;
(v) he has been continuously laid-off for six (6) months; or
(vi) he fails to return to work after the cessation of disability
income payments under any sick leave, short term disability
program or long term disability program of a member of the
Controlled Group.
In the case of the occurrence of any event described in (iv) or (v) of this
Section 3.2(c), the date of such employee's termination of employment shall be
deemed to be the first day of any such period of leave of absence, layoff, or
military service.
(d) VESTING SERVICE. The words "vesting service" shall mean for any
employee the number of plan years during which the employee has been or was
previously employed by a member of the Controlled Group, excluding any plan
years during which the employee does not complete at least one thousand (1,000)
hours of service for a member of the Controlled Group, excluding such plan years
are specified in Section (22) of the Adoption Agreement and excluding any years
of vesting service which a rehired employee had prior to the date of his most
recent termination of employment, determined as of such date of termination of
employment pursuant to this Section 3.2(d), provided that:
(i) such rehired employee did not have a vested interest under
this Trust and Plan on such date of termination of
employment;
(ii) such rehired employee has had at least five (5) consecutive
One Year Breaks In Service since the last day of such
vesting service; and
HOURS METHOD
3-8
<PAGE> 74
(iii) the number of years of such rehired employee's vesting
service is less than or equal to the number of consecutive
One Year Breaks In Service which he had after the last day
of such vesting service.
(e) YEAR OF SERVICE. The words "year of service" shall mean for
any employee a twelve (12) month period commencing on such employee's date of
hire or on the first day of any plan year commencing thereafter during which the
employee has been or was previously employed by a member of the Controlled
Group, excluding any such years of service during which the employee completed
less than one thousand (1,000) hours of service for a member of the Controlled
Group.
For purposes of determining a "year of service," pursuant to
this Section 3.2(e), the initial twelve (12) month period measured from an
employee's date of hire shall overlap the first plan year following his date of
hire. Thus, if an employee completes at least one thousand (1,000) hours of
service during both the initial twelve (12) month period and the overlapping
plan year, he shall be deemed to have two (2) years of service as of the last
day of such plan year.
3.3 SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. Unless otherwise excluded
pursuant to the Company's election in Section (22) of the Adoption Agreement,
service with a predecessor employer prior to the acquisition by the Controlled
Group of such predecessor employer shall be treated as service for the
Controlled Group. Notwithstanding a contrary election in Section (22) of the
Adoption Agreement, however, if the pre-
HOURS METHOD
3-9
<PAGE> 75
decessor employer maintained a qualified plan at any time within five (5) years
prior to the adoption of this Trust and Plan, service with a predecessor
employer must be treated as service for the Controlled Group.
HOURS METHOD
3-10
<PAGE> 76
ARTICLE IV
----------
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
-----------------------------
4.1 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. Each Covered Employee shall be
eligible to become a participant under this Trust and Plan when he has met the
eligibility requirements set forth in Section (14) of the Adoption Agreement.
4.2 ENTRY DATE. Every Covered Employee who may become eligible
to participate in this Trust and Plan shall automatically become a participant
as of the entry date, as set forth in Section (15) of the Adoption Agreement,
coinciding with or next following his eligibility, provided he remains a Covered
Employee on such entry date.
4.3 REEMPLOYMENT. In the event that a member of the Controlled
Group shall reemploy a former participant, such former participant shall
automatically become a participant in this Trust and Plan on his date of rehire.
In the event that a member of the Controlled Group shall reemploy a former
employee who was not a participant during his previous period of employment,
such employee must satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 4.1 hereof and
Section (14) of the Adoption Agreement before he shall become eligible to
participate in this Trust and Plan.
4.4 ACTIVE AND INACTIVE PARTICIPANTS. A participant will be
considered to be an active participant during any period he is a Covered
Employee. If a participant ceases to be a Covered Employee but continues to be
an employee of a member of
ELIGIBILITY
4-1
<PAGE> 77
the Controlled Group, he will be an inactive participant during such period of
employment. An inactive participant who again becomes a Covered Employee shall
participate in the Trust and Plan immediately upon this change in status.
ELIGIBILITY
4-2
<PAGE> 78
ARTICLE V
---------
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
---------------------
5.1 ELECTION OF PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. If Section (17)(b) of the
Adoption Agreement permits pre-tax contributions, then, pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement, an active participant may elect that a stated portion of
his unpaid compensation for a plan year be paid by a Participating Company to
the Trustee hereunder and be treated as a contribution by the Participating
Company. A participant's election hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
conditioned upon:
(a) his right to defer the imposition of federal income tax on
such deferred compensation until a subsequent distribution
of such amount under this Trust and Plan; and
(b) the Participating Company's right to deduct such amount for
federal income tax purposes before taking into account any
contributions made by the Participating Company under
Article VI hereof and after taking into account any
contributions made by the Participating Company under any
other pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plans
maintained by the Participating Company which meet the
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code.
5.2 LIMITATIONS ON PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. The Administrator may,
from time to time, establish minimum and maximum limits for the amount of
pre-tax contributions that participants can make under this Trust and Plan. The
Administrator may establish maximum limitations which apply solely to highly
compensated employees. Any limitation, whether a maximum or a minimum, can be
either a stated dollar amount or a stated percentage of compensation.
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
5-1
<PAGE> 79
5.3 CHANGES IN ELECTIONS. An election made by a participant
pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof shall continue in effect until changed or
revoked, notwithstanding any changes in the amount of such participant's
compensation. A participant may change the portion of his compensation to be
contributed to this Trust and Plan or suspend his contributions to this Trust
and Plan pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof at least one (1) time in each plan year,
at such times as the Company shall permit. A participant shall change or suspend
his election by providing such notice to the Administrator as the Administrator,
in its sole discretion, shall require.
5.4 PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE. All pre-tax contributions made by a
participant pursuant to Section 5.1 above shall be paid to the Trustee in cash
as soon as reasonably possible after the reduction in the compensation of the
participant. In any event, such amounts shall be paid to the Trustee not later
than ninety (90) days after such compensation reductions are made.
5.5 PRE-TAX ACCOUNTS. Any amounts contributed by a Participating
Company pursuant to a participant's election under Section 5.1 above shall be
held by the Trustee as a part of the Trust Fund created under this Trust and
Plan, shall be specifically allocated to a pre-tax account for the benefit of
such participant and shall be invested and reinvested, valued and administered
in accordance with the terms of this Trust and Plan. Any amounts credited to a
participant's pre-tax account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all
times.
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
5-2
<PAGE> 80
5.6 SUSPENSION OF PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. In the event a
participant receives a distribution from his pre-tax account as a result of
hardship as described in Article XIV, such participant's pre-tax contributions
under Section 5.1 above shall be suspended for a twelve (12) month period after
his receipt of such hardship distribution. In addition, for the taxable year of
the participant immediately following the participant's taxable year during
which said hardship distribution occurs, such participant shall be barred from
making pre-tax contributions in excess of (a) minus (b) below, where:
(a) equals Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000.00) (plus any cost of
living increase after 1987 allowable under Section 402(g) of
the Code for such immediately following taxable year of the
participant); and
(b) equals the amount of such participant's pre-tax
contributions for the participant's taxable year during
which said hardship distribution is made.
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
5-3
<PAGE> 81
ARTICLE VI
----------
PARTICIPATING COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
-----------------------------------
6.1 TYPES OF CONTRIBUTIONS. For each plan year ending after the
effective date, a Participating Company shall make a contribution in cash or
other property, in addition to the pre-tax contributions described in Article V
hereof, to the extent required or permitted by Section (17) of the Adoption
Agreement. Discretionary Contributions shall be made from current net profits;
provided, however, that, effective for any plan year commencing on or after
January 1, 1986, if the Participating Company has no net profits for the taxable
year which includes the last day of the plan year for which such contribution is
to be made, it may nonetheless make a discretionary contribution if it is
specifically approved by its Board. At the time the Participating Company pays
the contribution to the Trustee, it shall notify the Trustee of the type of the
contribution, or portions thereof, from among the following listed categories:
(a) a profit sharing contribution or money purchase contribution
to be allocated among the employer contribution accounts of
eligible participants in accordance with Section 6.2 hereof;
(b) a matching contribution to be allocated among the match
accounts of eligible contributing participants in accordance
with Section 6.3 hereof; and
(c) a special ADP contribution to be allocated among the special
ADP accounts of eligible non-highly compensated participants
in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof.
COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
6-1
<PAGE> 82
6.2 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. If Section (17)(a) of the Adoption
Agreement provides for profit sharing or money purchase contributions, any such
contributions by the Participating Companies shall be allocated among the
employer contribution accounts of all participants who were active participants
during the plan year, excluding any participants described in Section (19) of
the Adoption Agreement. Such contributions shall be allocated in the manner
specified in Section (18) of the Adoption Agreement as follows:
(a) RELATIVE COMPENSATION. Under the relative compensation
method, such contributions shall be allocated to the employer contribution
account of each participant eligible to receive an allocation pursuant to this
Section 6.2 in an amount equal to that portion of the contribution which bears
the same relationship to such contribution as such participant's compensation
during the plan year bears to the total compensation of all such participants
during such plan year.
(b) INTEGRATION METHOD. Under the integration method, such
contribution shall be allocated to the employer contribution accounts of each
participant eligible to receive an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.2 as
follows:
(i) contributions shall be allocated among participants in the
ratio that the sum of each participant's compensation and
compensation in excess of the Integration Level selected in
Section (18) of the Adoption Agreement bears to the sum of
all participants' compensation and compensation in excess of
the Integration Level, but not in excess of the Maximum
Permitted Disparity Rate determined as follows:
COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
6-2
<PAGE> 83
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Integration Level
Specified in Section (18)
Of The Adoption Agreement Maximum
As A Percentage of The Permitted
Taxable Wage Base Disparity
------------------------- ---------
<S> <C>
0% To 20% 5.7%
20.1% To 80% 4.3%
80.1% To 99.9% 5.4%
100% 5.7%
</TABLE>
(ii) the balance of the employer contribution of the Participating
Companies shall be allocated among such participants in the ratio
of their respective compensation.
(c) PER CAPITA METHOD. Under the per capita method, such
contributions shall be allocated in equal amounts to the employer contribution
account of each participant eligible to receive an allocation pursuant to this
Section 6.2.
(d) HOURS WORKED METHOD. Under the hours worked method, such
contributions shall be allocated to the employer contribution accounts of
participants eligible to receive an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.2 in
proportion to the hours of service, as defined in Section 3.1(a) of this Trust
and Plan, actually worked by each such eligible participant.
6.3 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. If Section (17)(a) of the Adoption
Agreement so provides, each Participating Company may make a matching
contribution to this Trust and Plan for each period specified in Section (17)(a)
of the Adoption Agreement. Such matching contribution, if any, shall be
allocated to the match account of each participant on whose behalf it is made.
6.4 SPECIAL ADP CONTRIBUTION. If Section (17)(a) of the Adoption
Agreement so provides, a Participating Company may make a
COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
6-3
<PAGE> 84
special ADP contribution to this Trust and Plan for any plan year. The amount of
such special contribution shall be determined by the Company from time to time.
Such amount, if any, shall be allocated to the special ADP accounts of some or
all of the participants who are not highly compensated employees in such manner
as the Company shall designate at the time any such special ADP contribution is
made to this Trust and Plan.
6.5 PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE. The Participating Companies shall make the
contributions specified in Section 6.1 hereof, in cash or other property, to the
Trustee not later than the last day upon which they may make contributions under
this Trust and Plan and secure under the Code deductions of such contributions
in the computation of their federal income taxes for the taxable years which
include the last day of the plan year for which such contributions are made.
6.6 ACCOUNTS. Any amounts contributed by the Participating Companies
pursuant to this Article VI shall be held by the Trustee as a part of the Trust
Fund created under this Trust and Plan, shall be specifically allocated to the
eligible participants' employer contribution accounts, match accounts or special
ADP accounts, as hereinbefore provided, for the benefit of such participants and
shall be invested and reinvested, valued and administered in accordance with the
terms of this Trust and Plan. Any amounts credited to a participant's employer
contribution and match accounts shall be subject to the vesting schedules
described in Sections (20) or (21) of the Adoption Agreement as appropriate.
COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
6-4
<PAGE> 85
Any amounts credited to a participant's special ADP account shall be fully
vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
6-5
<PAGE> 86
ARTICLE VII
-----------
AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
-----------------------
7.1 AMOUNT OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. If permitted by Section
(17)(c) of the Adoption Agreement, then pursuant to uniform rules and procedures
promulgated by the Administrator, an active participant may voluntarily make
after tax contributions to the Trust Fund created under this Trust and Plan.
After tax contributions may either be a stated percentage of the participant's
compensation or a stated dollar amount and can be made by either payroll
deduction or a cash payment from the participant to the Trustee. After tax
contributions shall be permitted hereunder only if pre-tax contributions are
permitted pursuant to Section (17)(b) of the Adoption Agreement.
7.2 CHANGES IN PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. If after tax contributions
are made by payroll deduction, the percentage designated by the participant
shall continue in effect until revoked or changed by such participant
notwithstanding any change in the amount of such participant's compensation. A
participant may change the portion of his compensation to be contributed to this
Trust and Plan or suspend his contributions to this Trust and Plan pursuant to
Section 7.1 hereof at least one (1) time in each plan year, at such times as the
Company shall permit. A participant shall change or suspend his election by
providing such notice to the Administrator as the Administrator, in its sole
discretion, shall require.
AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
7-1
<PAGE> 87
7.3 PAYMENT TO TRUSTEE. The Participating Companies shall pay
in cash to the Trustee all amounts deducted from the compensation of a
participant as after tax contributions as soon as reasonably possible after such
deductions are made but in no event more than ninety (90) days after the
deductions are made.
7.4 AFTER TAX ACCOUNTS. Any after tax contributions made by a
participant shall be credited to a post-86 after tax account for the benefit of
such participant. After tax contributions made prior to January 1, 1987, if any,
shall be credited to the participant's pre-87 after tax accounts which shall not
be credited with any after tax contributions made subsequent to December 31,
1986. Any amounts credited to a participant's after tax accounts shall be fully
vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
7.5 DEDUCTIBLE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS. The Plan Administrator
shall not accept any deductible voluntary contributions hereunder; provided,
however, that any such contributions made to a Predecessor Plan prior to January
1, 1987, shall be maintained in a separate pre-87 IRA account which shall be
fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. Such account shall share in the
income, gains and losses of the Trust Fund as provided in Article XI hereof. No
part of such account shall be used to purchase life insurance pursuant to
Article X hereof.
AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
7-2
<PAGE> 88
ARTICLE VIII
------------
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
--------------------------------------------
8.1 CONTRIBUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS. The amount and
allocation of contributions and the allocation of forfeitures under this Trust
and Plan shall be subject to several limitations. Those limitations shall be as
follows:
(a) Pre-tax contributions made to the Trust and Plan pursuant to
a participant's election under Article V of the Trust and
Plan shall be subject to the individual dollar limit
described in Section 8.2 hereof;
(b) Pre-tax contributions made to the Trust and Plan pursuant to
a participant's election under Article V of the Trust and
Plan plus, to the extent elected by the Company, any
qualified nonelective contributions shall be subject to the
deferral percentage limit set forth in Section 8.3 hereof;
(c) Matching contributions, other than qualified nonelective
contributions used in the deferral percentage test set forth
in Section 8.3 hereof, and after tax contributions made to
the Trust and Plan shall be subject to the contribution
percentage limit set forth in Section 8.4 hereof;
(d) The contributions described in paragraphs (b) and (c) above
shall be subject to the limit on "multiple use" set forth in
Section 8.5 hereof;
(e) All contributions made pursuant to Articles V and VI of the
Trust and Plan, in the aggregate, shall be subject to the
deductibility limit set forth in Section 8.6 hereof; and
(f) The allocation of all of the foregoing contributions and the
allocation of all forfeitures, in the aggregate, shall be
subject to the limitation on annual additions set forth in
Article XXIV hereof.
8.2 THE DOLLAR LIMIT. Effective January 1, 1987, pre-tax
contributions under Article V of the Trust and Plan with
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-1
<PAGE> 89
respect to the taxable year of a participant made pursuant to a participant's
election plus similar amounts contributed on a similar basis by any other
employer (whether or not related to the Participating Companies) required by law
to be aggregated with such contributions under this Trust and Plan shall not
exceed Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000.00), plus any increase for cost-of-living
after 1987 as determined pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of the
Treasury or his delegate pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code.
In the event that the contributions made pursuant to Section
5.1 of the Trust and Plan for a participant's taxable year exceed such limit, or
in the event that the Administrator shall receive notice from a participant by
the March 1 next following the close of a participant's taxable year that the
contributions on behalf of the participant under Section 5.1 hereof, together
with similar contributions under plans of other employers shall have exceeded
such limit, the Administrator shall cause the amount of excess contributions,
together with any earnings allocable to such excess contributions, to be
refunded to the participant by the following April 15th. The amount of any such
refund shall be debited to the participant's pre-tax account.
8.3 DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE LIMIT. For any plan year commencing on
or after January 1, 1987, the contributions described in Section 8.1(b) above
shall be limited so that the average deferral percentage for the highly
compensated participants shall not exceed an amount determined based upon the
average deferral
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-2
<PAGE> 90
percentage for the participants who are not highly compensated
participants, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(A) (B)
<S> <C>
Average Deferral Limit on Average
Percentage for Deferral Percentage
Participants who for Highly Compensated
are not Highly Participants
Compensated ----------------------
----------------
Less than 2% 2 times Column (A)
2% or more but less than 8% Column (A) plus 2%
8% or more 1.25 times Column (A)
</TABLE>
For purposes of the foregoing, the "deferral percentage" for a
participant for any plan year shall equal a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which shall equal the total of (i) plus
(ii), where:
(i) equals the total of the contributions made on his
behalf for such plan year pursuant to Article V hereof;
and
(ii) equals, to the extent elected by the Company, the
qualified nonelective contributions made on his behalf
for such plan year pursuant to Article VI hereof; and
(b) the denominator of which shall equal the sum of (i) plus
(ii) plus (iii), where:
(i) equals his compensation for such plan year as defined
in any manner described in Section 2.11(a) hereof (or
2.11(d) hereof if applicable) applied consistently to
all participants, subject to the limitation set forth
in Section 2.11(c) hereof, but not reduced by any
amount referred to in Section 2.11(b)(ii), regardless
of the Company's election in the Adoption Agreement;
and
(ii) equals the pre-tax contributions made on his behalf
pursuant to Article V for such plan year; and
(iii) equals other amounts excludable from gross income
under Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the
Code.
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-3
<PAGE> 91
The Company shall maintain adequate records to demonstrate
compliance with the deferral percentage limits described in this Section 8.3,
including the extent to which qualified nonelective contributions are taken into
account.
8.4 CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE LIMIT. For any plan year commencing
on or after January 1, 1987, the contributions described in Section 8.1(c) above
shall be limited so that the average contribution percentage for the highly
compensated participants shall not exceed an amount determined based upon the
average contribution percentage for the participants who are not highly
compensated participants in accordance with the table set forth in Section 8.3
hereof. For purposes of the foregoing, the "contribution percentage" for a
participant for any plan year shall equal a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which shall equal the contributions
described in Section 8.1(c) above; and
(b) the denominator of which shall equal the total of (i) plus
(ii) plus (iii), where:
(i) equals his compensation for such plan year as defined
in any manner described in Section 2.11(a) hereof (or
2.11(d) hereof if applicable) applied consistently to
all participants, subject to the limitation set forth
in Section 2.11(c) hereof, but not reduced by any
amount referred to in Section 2.11(b)(ii), regardless
of the Company's election in the Adoption Agreement;
and
(ii) equals the pre-tax contributions made on his behalf
pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof for such plan year; and
(iii) equals other amounts excludable from gross income
under Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) and 403(b) of the
Code.
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-4
<PAGE> 92
If, for any plan year, the Trust and Plan satisfies the requirements of Section
8.3 hereof, then the Company may elect, in such manner as the Secretary of the
Treasury or his delegate may provide, to take into account as additional amounts
for purposes of this Section 8.4, amounts contributed to the Trust and Plan
pursuant to a participant's election under Section 5.1 hereof and qualified
nonelective contributions made hereunder.
8.5 MULTIPLE USE. If the sum of the deferral percentage and
the contribution percentage for one or more highly compensated employees exceeds
the aggregate limit, the contribution percentage for such employee or employees
shall be reduced (beginning with such highly compensated employee whose
contribution percentage is highest) so that the aggregate limit is not exceeded.
The amount by which each highly compensated employee's contribution percentage
is reduced shall be treated as an excess contribution. The deferral percentage
and contribution percentage of the highly compensated employees shall be
determined after any corrections are made to meet the deferral percentage and
contribution percentage limits. Multiple use does not occur if neither the
average deferral percentage nor the average contribution percentage of the
highly compensated employees exceeds one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25)
multiplied by the corresponding average deferral percentage or average
contribution percentage of the non-highly compensated employees.
For purposes of this Section 8.5, the words "aggregate limit"
shall mean the greater of (a) or (b), where:
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-5
<PAGE> 93
(a) equals the sum of:
(i) one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25) times the greater of
the deferral percentage or the contribution percentage for
the non-highly compensated employees; and
(ii) two (2) percentage points plus the lesser of the deferral
percentage or the contribution percentage for the non-highly
compensated employees; and
(b) equals the sum of:
(i) one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25) times the lesser of
the deferral percentage or the contribution percentage for
the non-highly compensated employees; and
(ii) two (2) percentage points plus the greater of the deferral
percentage or the contribution percentage for the non-highly
compensated employees.
In no event, however, shall the amounts set forth in (a)(ii) and (b)(ii) above
exceed twice the greater of the deferral percentage or the contribution
percentage for the non-highly compensated employees.
8.6 DEDUCTIBILITY LIMIT. In no event shall the amount of all
contributions by a Participating Company pursuant to Article VI hereof, together
with all amounts contributed by the Participating Companies to the Trustee
pursuant to participants' elections under Section 5.1 hereof, exceed the maximum
amount allowable as a deduction under Section 404(a)(3) of the Code unless
specifically authorized by the Board of the Participating Company and all such
contributions are hereby expressly conditioned on their deductibility. This
limitation shall not apply to contributions which may be required in order to
provide the minimum
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-6
<PAGE> 94
contributions described in Article XXIII for any plan year in which this Trust
and Plan is top-heavy. Nor shall this limitation apply to contributions which
may be required in order to recredit the account of any rehired participant
whose account is to be recredited with previously forfeited amounts as described
in Section 15.6 hereof.
8.7 CORRECTING EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. In the event that the
limitations set forth in Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 shall be exceeded, the
Administrator shall take action to reduce future contributions made pursuant to
Sections 5.1 and 7.1 and Article VI hereof as appropriate. Such action may
include a reduction in the future rate of deferral pursuant to Section 5.1
hereof or after tax contributions pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof of any highly
compensated participant pursuant to any legally permissible procedure. Effective
for the first plan year commencing on or after January 1, 1987, in the event
that such action shall fail to prevent the excess, prior contributions made
pursuant to Section 5.1 or 7.1 hereof, plus any income and minus any loss
allocable thereto to the date of distribution, shall be distributed to the
affected highly compensated participants no later than two and one-half (2-1/2)
months following the end of the plan year in which such contributions were made.
If such excess amounts are not distributed within said two and one-half (2-1/2)
month period, a ten percent (10%) excise tax on such excess amount shall be
imposed on the Participating Company employing such highly compensated
participants. Distributions of excess contributions shall be made
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-7
<PAGE> 95
to highly compensated participants on the basis of the respective portions of
such contributions attributable to such participants. Excess contributions shall
be allocated to participants who are subject to the family aggregation rules of
Section 414(q)(6) of the Code in the manner prescribed by Treasury Regulations.
Excess contributions shall be treated as annual additions under Article XXIV of
the Trust and Plan.
For purposes of adjusting excess contributions to take into
account income and losses to the date of distribution, the income or loss shall
be equal to the sum of:
(a) income or loss for the plan year allocable to the account
to which the excess was allocated multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the excess contributions credited to such account for the plan year and
the denominator is the total account balance without regard to any income or
loss occurring during such plan year; and
(b) ten percent (10%) of the amount determined under (a) above
multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the plan
year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if
distribution occurs after the fifteenth (15th) of such month.
LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
8-8
<PAGE> 96
ARTICLE IX
----------
INVESTMENT FUNDS AND DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT
--------------------------------------------
9.1 PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS. The Company may
direct that participants, former participants and beneficiaries be permitted to
direct the investment of all or certain of their accounts under the Trust and
Plan in such media, whether limited or unlimited, as shall be designated by the
Company, from time to time, subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth in
this Article IX. Any direction of the Company pursuant to this Section 9.1,
shall apply to all participants, former participants and beneficiaries in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. In the event the Company directs that
participants be permitted to direct the investment of certain of their accounts,
the Company shall notify the participants, former participants and beneficiaries
of such fact.
9.2 INVESTMENT FUNDS. The investment funds which may be
selected by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Money Market Funds;
(b) Mutual Funds;
(c) Equity Funds;
(d) Fixed Income Funds;
(e) Any pooled investment fund established by a bank;
(f) Any insurance company's general account; and
(g) Any special account established and maintained by
any insurance company.
INVESTMENT FUNDS
9-1
<PAGE> 97
The Company shall have the sole discretion to determine the number of investment
funds to be maintained hereunder and the nature of the funds and may change or
eliminate the funds from time to time.
9.3 PROCEDURES FOR DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT. If the Company so
permits under Section 9.1 above, a participant, former participant or
beneficiary, by written direction to the Trustee, shall direct the investment of
amounts contributed on his behalf in the pooled investment funds and/or mutual
funds and/or group annuity contracts described in Section 9.2 and in such other
funds as may be established by the Company hereunder; provided, however, that
any such individual's investment selections shall be made in accordance with
such rules as are established by the Administrator from time to time in its sole
discretion. Any rules established by the Administrator pursuant to this Section
9.3 shall apply to all participants, former participants and beneficiaries in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
9.4 INITIAL DIRECTION AND CHANGES OF DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT.
All directions as to the investment of his accounts by a participant, former
participant or beneficiary shall be deemed to be continuing directions until
they shall have been changed. To the extent that any participant, former
participant or beneficiary fails to give investment directions to the Trustee,
amounts credited to his accounts shall be invested in accordance with the
Trustee's direction. A participant, former participant or beneficiary may change
his direction of investment at such times and upon such notice as the
Administrator, from time to time, may
INVESTMENT FUNDS
9-2
<PAGE> 98
designate. Each participant, former participant or beneficiary shall indicate
whether any change in investment direction shall apply only to contributions
made to this Trust and Plan on his behalf following such change or whether such
change shall also operate to change the investment of amounts already credited
to his accounts.
9.5 VALUATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS. Any investment fund
established pursuant to this Article IX shall be valued and adjusted according
to the procedures set forth in Article XI hereof as a separate Trust Fund. It is
intended that this Section 9.5 operate to adjust each investment fund to reflect
all income attributable to each such fund and changes in the value of each such
fund's assets, as the case may be, as of any valuation date.
9.6 DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS NOT PERMITTED. If the Company
does not permit individual direction of investment pursuant to Section 9.1
hereof, the investment of the accounts of participants, former participants and
beneficiaries shall be determined by the Trustee or an Investment Manager
pursuant to Article XX hereof.
INVESTMENT FUNDS
9-3
<PAGE> 99
ARTICLE X
---------
INSURANCE CONTRACTS
-------------------
10.1 PURCHASE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTS. If permitted under Section
(31) of the Adoption Agreement, then the Administrator shall purchase on behalf
of any active participant who directs either the Trustee to purchase for his
benefit or any participant who is designated by the Company an endowment or life
insurance contract or contracts from such insurance company or companies in such
amounts (subject to the limitations specified in this Article X) and in such
form as such participant or the Company, as the case may be, may determine. The
proceeds upon the maturity, in whole or in part, of any of contract or
contracts, due to the death of a participant, shall be for the benefit of the
beneficiaries of such participant as to whom the maturity occurs, subject to the
other provisions of this Trust and Plan, specifically including the spousal
consent requirements of Article XVII hereof to the extent legally applicable or
as required by the Administrator. The contract or contracts shall be issued in
the name of the Trustee who shall retain, until their maturity by death of a
participant or disposition under the terms of this Trust and Plan, all incidents
of ownership therein. The proceeds of said contract or contracts payable on the
death of a participant shall be paid directly to the death beneficiary
determined under Article XVII hereof and the Administrator shall execute such
forms or designations as shall be required by the insurance company to comply
with this sentence.
INSURANCE
10-1
<PAGE> 100
The premium on any such contract or contracts purchased for a participant's
benefit shall be paid from the amounts credited to such participant's accounts,
other than his pre-87 IRA account, which accounts shall be debited by the amount
of premiums so paid. In no event shall the aggregate of the entire amounts paid
for term life insurance plus fifty percent (50%) of the amounts paid for
ordinary life insurance contracts for any participant be as much as twenty-five
percent (25%) of the aggregate of contributions which have been allocated to his
accounts, other than his pre-87 IRA account, if any, since the date he first
became a participant.
10.2 PREMIUM PAYMENTS. All contracts purchased shall contain
such provisions against alienation and levying thereon as the Administrator may
deem appropriate and shall be procurable. Premium payments for such insurance
shall be on a single premium or level premium basis and premium payments shall
be charged against the participant's accounts, other than his pre-87 IRA
account, if any, as of the date of payment.
10.3 ACCUMULATION OF DIVIDENDS, ETC. During the time any
contract is held under the provisions of the Trust and Plan, any dividends,
endowments or returns of premium payable under such contract shall be
accumulated at interest under such contract or the participant, in his
discretion, may direct the Trustee to instruct the insurance company to apply
any dividends, endowments or returns of premium accumulated under the contract
to the payment of any premium or the purchase of paid-up additions.
INSURANCE
10-2
<PAGE> 101
10.4 INSUFFICIENT FUNDS FOR PAYING PREMIUMS. When, on an
allocation date, the premium or premiums then due on all contracts held by the
Trustee for the benefit of any participant shall exceed the amount in or
creditable to such participant's accounts, other than his pre-87 IRA account, if
any, or the amount which, under the twenty-five (25%) limitation stated in
Section 10.1 hereof, may be used to pay premiums upon life insurance contracts
for a participant, the participant may proceed as follows:
(a) direct the Trustee to instruct the insurance company
to apply any dividends, endowments or returns of
premium accumulated under such contracts for the
payment of premiums to the extent necessary; and
(b) in the event the Trustee applies the dividends,
endowments and returns of premium accumulated as
aforesaid, but said amount is insufficient to meet
premium payments due under such contracts, such
participant may pay any remaining premium or premiums
or a portion thereof then due himself; and
(c) in the event a participant shall decline to make
personal payment of the premium or premiums due on
such contracts, he may direct the Trustee to borrow
either from the insurance company or from such
other institution as the participant may direct
upon the security of the contract or contracts for
the purpose of paying the premium or premiums
thereon; and
(d) in the event payment of the premium or premiums is
not made under subsections (a) and (b) above, and
the participant shall not direct the Trustee to
borrow funds to pay said premium or premiums, the
Trustee shall instruct the insurance company to
have the contract or contracts placed upon a paid-
up basis, to the extent necessary, provided that in
the event the value of the contract or contracts
shall be insufficient to place same upon a paid-up
basis according to the practice of the insurance
company, such contract or contracts shall be
reduced to cash and the amounts received thereby
shall be credited to the participant's accounts,
other than his pre-87 IRA account, if any.
INSURANCE
10-3
<PAGE> 102
10.5 CONTRACT PROVISIONS. If available, any contract purchased
by the Trustee shall contain an automatic premium loan provision exercisable by
the Trustee at the direction of the participant in the event of non-payment of
the premium and shall also permit conversion to paid up insurance by the Trustee
at the direction of the participant. Insurance contracts purchased may contain
double indemnity and waiver of premium provisions, insofar as permitted by the
insurance company.
10.6 NO INSURANCE BEYOND RETIREMENT. In no event shall life
insurance be permitted to continue on the life of a participant beyond his
date of actual retirement.
10.7 CASH SURRENDER VALUES. The Administrator shall maintain
records of the accounts from which premiums on insurance contracts have been
paid and shall allocate the cash surrender values of the insurance contracts
among the accounts in an equitable manner. Upon the termination of employment,
retirement or disability of the participant, the allocable share of the cash
surrender value shall be added to the amount credited to each of the
participant's accounts for purposes of determining his vested interest and the
amount distributable to the participant.
10.8 PURCHASE OF CONTRACT ON CESSATION OF ACTIVE PARTICIPATION.
If the Trustee shall hold an insurance contract or contracts on the life of a
terminated participant on the date he ceases to be an active participant, the
terminated participant shall instruct the Trustee regarding disposition of such
contract as follows:
INSURANCE
10-4
<PAGE> 103
(a) the participant may purchase any such contract from
the Trust and Plan;
(b) the participant may direct that such contract be
distributed to him from the Trust and Plan in
satisfaction of all or part of his rights, if any,
under Article XV; or
(c) the participant may direct the Trustee to surrender
said contract to the insurance company for cash.
In the event that the terminated participant elects to purchase any such
contract from the Trust and Plan he shall pay to the Trustee an amount equal to
its cash surrender value within thirty (30) days after the date he ceases to be
an active participant. If such amount is so paid, the Trustee shall assign all
its right, title and interest in and to such contract to the participant and
shall credit his accounts with the amount so paid. In the event that the
terminated participant elects to have any such contract distributed to him from
the Trust and Plan, the Trustee shall debit such participant's accounts with the
cash surrender value of said contract. The Trustee shall then assign all its
right, title and interest in and to such contract to the terminated participant.
In the event that the terminated participant elects to surrender
such contract to the insurance company for cash, to the insurance company for
cash and shall credit such participant's employer contribution account with the
cash surrender value of said contract.
INSURANCE
10-5
<PAGE> 104
ARTICLE XI
----------
ACCOUNTS
--------
11.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS. Upon an employee's becoming a
participant, the Administrator shall notify the Trustee and provide the Trustee
with such information concerning said participant as the Trustee may require.
Upon being notified by the Administrator that an employee has become a
participant, the Trustee shall establish the appropriate accounts in the name of
such participant. If a participant's employment shall terminate for a reason
other than his death, permanent and total disability or retirement, a
distribution account shall be established for him pursuant to Article XV hereof.
11.2 CREDITING OF ACCOUNTS. Accounts shall be credited with
contributions in the amounts specified in Articles V, VI and VII hereof, shall
be credited or debited with the income, gains or losses of the Trust Fund
pursuant to this Article XI, and shall be debited with the amount of any
withdrawals or distributions made therefrom. All such credits and debits to the
accounts of a participant shall be made as of the dates specified in the
appropriate Sections of this Trust and Plan.
11.3 VALUATION OF ASSETS. As soon as practicable following each
allocation date and on such other dates as the Administrator, in its sole
discretion, may designate pursuant to Section 11.5 hereof, the Trustee shall
evaluate all assets of the Trust Fund as of such valuation date. The Trustee
shall use the
ACCOUNTS
11-1
<PAGE> 105
fair market values of securities or other assets in making said determination.
The Trustee shall then subtract from the total value of the assets of said Trust
Fund the total of all accounts as of said valuation date. Each such account
shall be credited with that portion of the excess of the value of the assets
over the total of all such accounts which bears the same relationship to the
total of such excess as (a) bears to (b), where:
(a) equals the amount credited to said account; and
(b) equals the total amounts credited to all accounts.
The amount credited to each account shall be reduced in similar proportion in
the event the total of all accounts as of said date exceeds the total value of
all assets of the Trust Fund as of said valuation date. It is intended that this
paragraph operate to distribute among all such accounts in the Trust, all income
of the Trust Fund and changes in the value of the Trust Fund's assets, as the
case may be. The Administrator and the Trustee may adopt such rules as they deem
appropriate to credit pre-tax contributions after tax contributions and matching
contributions or other contributions which were received periodically through
the valuation period with an appropriate percentage of the income, gains and
losses of the Trust Fund's assets.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.3,
if the assets of the Trust Fund are invested either with an institutional
Trustee or with an Investment Manager or other professional money manager which
maintains a procedure for allocating investment earnings and losses to accounts
utilizing the
ACCOUNTS
11-2
<PAGE> 106
fair market value of assets, the Trustee may direct that such method be used in
lieu of the procedures hereinbefore described.
11.4 VALUATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS. If separate investment funds
have been established under Article IX hereof, the Trustee shall proceed as
described in Section 11.3 above but on an investment fund by investment fund
basis. It is intended that this Section 11.4 operate to distribute among all
accounts invested in a particular investment fund all income of such fund
allocable to the Trust and changes in the value of the fund's assets, as the
case may be. The adjustments in the amounts credited to such accounts shall be
deemed to have been made as of said valuation date.
11.5 INTERIM VALUATION OF ASSETS. In addition to or in lieu of
the valuation dates set forth in Section 11.3 hereof, the Administrator, in its
sole discretion, may instruct the Trustee to make an interim valuation of assets
of the Trust Fund. In exercising its discretion as to whether to instruct the
Trustee to evaluate the assets of the Trust Fund, the Administrator shall
consider the following factors:
(a) the expense of any such interim valuation;
(b) the length of time involved in making any such
interim valuation and the resulting delay in making
any distributions from the Trust Fund;
(c) the magnitude of the estimated change in the value
of the assets of the Trust Fund; and
(d) the size of any distribution or distributions
involved.
ACCOUNTS
11-3
<PAGE> 107
Upon instruction by the Administrator, the Trustee shall evaluate the assets of
the Trust Fund and adjust all the accounts of the Trust and Plan in accordance
with the methods and procedures contained in Section 11.3 or 11.4 hereof as of
the date specified by the Administrator.
ACCOUNTS
11-4
<PAGE> 108
ARTICLE XII
-----------
LOANS
-----
12.1 LOAN ADMINISTRATION AND APPLICATIONS. If permitted under
Section (32) of the Adoption Agreement, a participant, former participant or
beneficiary of a deceased participant or former participant, other than an
owner-employee or a shareholder-employee as defined in Section 12.4 of the Trust
and Plan, may apply to the Administrator for a loan from the Trust and Plan. Any
such loan shall not be made available to highly compensated employees in an
amount greater than that made available to nonhighly compensated employees. If
the Administrator determines that such borrower (and proposed loan) satisfies
the requirements set forth below for loan approval, the Administrator shall
direct the Trustee to make a loan to such borrower from one or more of his
accounts, other than his pre-87 IRA account. The amount of any such loan shall
be determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that, on or after October
19, 1989, any such loan shall not, when combined with outstanding loans
previously made from this Trust and Plan and loans made under other qualified
retirement plans, if any, maintained by the Controlled Group, cause the
aggregate amount of all such loans to such borrower to exceed the lesser of (a)
or (b) below, where:
(a) equals one-half (1/2) of all vested amounts held for
such borrower under this Trust and Plan (other than
amounts credited to his pre-87 IRA account); and
LOANS
12-1
<PAGE> 109
(b) equals Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) reduced by the
remainder, if any, of:
(i) the highest outstanding balance of loans to such
borrower from this Trust and Plan and all other
qualified retirement plans maintained by the Controlled
Group during the twelve (12) month period preceding the
date on which the loan is to be made; minus
(ii) the outstanding balance of loans to such borrower from
the plans on the day the loan is to be made.
Loans made prior to October 19, 1989 shall not exceed the lesser of (c) or (d)
below, where:
(c) equals the greater of:
(i) Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00); or
(ii) one-half (1/2) of all vested amounts held for such
borrower under this Trust and Plan (other than amounts
credited to his pre-87 IRA account); and
(d) equals Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).
The following additional provisions shall be applicable to the
loan program under this Trust and Plan:
(A) LOAN PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION. The loan program under the
Trust and Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.
(B) LOAN APPLICATION PROCEDURE. Each borrower shall apply for a
loan by written application on a form acceptable to the
Administrator.
(C) BASIS FOR APPROVAL OR DENIAL OF LOANS. Loans will be
approved only if:
(1) the circumstances of the loan satisfy the requirements
of Section (32) of the Adoption Agreement;
(2) the Administrator believes the borrower intends to
repay the loan in accordance with its terms; and
LOANS
12-2
<PAGE> 110
(3) the borrower's spouse, if any, consents to the loan in
accordance with Sections 28.7 and 28.8 hereof within
the ninety (90) day period ending on the date the loan
is made; and
(4) the amount of such loan shall not be in excess of the
vested amount which is credited to the borrower's
accounts, as selected in Section (32) of the Adoption
Agreement, at the time of such loan and shall be made
exclusively from such accounts; and
(5) the amount of such loan shall not be less than the
amount selected in Section (33) of the Adoption
Agreement; and
(6) the borrower designates the accounts and investments
which are to be liquidated to permit making of such a
loan, as requested by the Administrator; and
(7) the loan satisfies the requirements of Section 12.2 of
the Trust and Plan.
12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS. Any loan made pursuant to
Section 12.1 shall be considered to be made solely from the account or accounts
of the borrower and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(a) INTEREST. Interest shall be charged at a reasonable rate,
comparable to the rate charged by a commercial lender for a
similar loan.
(b) LOAN TERM AND REPAYMENT SCHEDULE. The term of any loan shall
be arrived at by mutual agreement between the borrower and
the Administrator but shall not exceed five (5) years,
unless, effective for plan years commencing on or after
January 1, 1987, the proceeds of such loan are to be used to
acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is
to be used as the borrower's principal residence, in which
case, such loan may be for such term as is customary in
similar transactions involving lending institutions.
Effective for plan years commencing on or after January 1,
1987, all loans shall provide for the substantially level
amortization of the loan, with payments not less frequently
than quarterly, over the term of the loan; provided,
however, that the terms of the loan
LOANS
12-3
<PAGE> 111
may permit a borrower a grace period of up to one (1) year
from such repayments while such borrower is on an unpaid
leave of absence from a Participating Company.
(c) SEGREGATION OF ACCOUNTS. If an individual borrows money from
the Trust and Plan, his accounts, to the extent of such
borrowing, shall be deemed segregated for investment
purposes. The note representing such loan and the borrower's
accounts, to the extent of such borrowing, shall not be
taken into account in the valuation of the Trust and Plan
pursuant to Section 11.3 hereof.
(d) REPAYMENT PROCEDURES. Repayment of any loan made to an
employee shall be by payroll deduction unless another
procedure is agreed to by the Administrator and the
employee. Repayment of any loan made to a borrower who is
not an employee shall be made as mutually agreed by the
Administrator and such borrower.
(e) DOCUMENTATION AND COLLATERAL. Each loan shall be evidenced
by a borrower's note for the amount of the loan and interest
payable to the order of the Trustee and shall be supported
by adequate collateral. Such collateral shall consist of
(i) an amount not to exceed fifty percent (50%) of the
borrower's entire right, title and interest in and to the
Trust Fund, and any earnings attributable to such amount,
and (ii) other property, if necessary, of sufficient value
to adequately secure the repayment of the loan. The
Administrator may require such other and further
documentation as it deems appropriate.
(f) DEFAULT. A borrower shall be in default if he fails to make
any payment of principal or interest when due, if he fails
to make a required payment after a permitted one (1) year
grace period, as provided in subsection (b) above, or if his
collateral becomes inadequate to secure the loan and he does
not provide substitute collateral satisfactory to the
Administrator within ten (10) days after a request therefor
by the Administrator. In the event of default by a borrower,
his loan shall be accelerated, and:
(i) If his collateral security in this Trust and Plan is
adequate to cover all or part of the outstanding
principal and interest, and if distribution of such
amount would not, in the
LOANS
12-4
<PAGE> 112
opinion of the Administrator, put at risk the tax
qualified status of the Trust and Plan or the pre-tax
contribution portion thereof, the Trustee shall execute
upon such Trust and Plan collateral; and
(ii) If his collateral security in this Trust and Plan is not
adequate to cover all of the outstanding principal and
interest, or if execution upon such collateral would, in
the opinion of the Administrator, put at risk the tax
qualified status of the Trust and Plan or the pre-tax
contribution portion thereof, the Trustee shall commence
appropriate collection actions against the borrower to
recover the amounts owed.
Expenses of collection, including legal fees, if any, of
any loan in default shall be borne by the borrower or
his accounts under this Trust and Plan.
12.3 PAYMENT OF PRIOR LOANS. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Article XII, in the event the proceeds of any loan made
hereunder shall be used directly or indirectly to pay off any obligations under
a prior loan made hereunder, the term of the more recent loan shall not extend
beyond the period of repayment under the prior loan. For purposes of this
Section 12.3, the Administrator shall be able to rely on a certification by the
borrower as to the use of the new loan's proceeds.
12.4 SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE DEFINED. The term "Shareholder-
Employee" shall mean, with respect only to those taxable years for which a
member of the Controlled Group is an "electing small business corporation"
pursuant to Subchapter S of the Code, an employee of who owns, or is considered
as owning (within the meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of the Code) on any day
during such a taxable year, more than five (5) percent of the outstanding stock
of such member of the Controlled Group.
LOANS
12-5
<PAGE> 113
ARTICLE XIII
------------
WITHDRAWALS FROM ACCOUNTS
-------------------------
13.1 RESTRICTIONS ON WITHDRAWALS. The Administrator may, by
uniform rules and regulations, provide that withdrawals made pursuant to this
Article XIII shall be subject to the following restrictions:
(a) a married participant shall obtain his spouse's
consent as set forth in Section 13.3 hereof;
(b) the minimum amount of any such withdrawal shall be
the lesser of the amount specified in Section (35) of
the Adoption Agreement or the remaining balance of
his vested interest or his personal accounts;
(c) the Administrator shall specify the maximum number
of withdrawals a participant may make in a plan
year or other period;
(d) the participant shall make a written application
for any such withdrawal at least fifteen (15) days
before the withdrawal occurs; and
(e) other reasonable and uniform rules and regulations,
consistently applied, as may be established from
time to time by the Administrator.
If separate investment funds have been established pursuant to Article IX
hereof, the withdrawing participant shall designate the investments that are to
be liquidated to permit the making of such withdrawal.
13.2 WITHDRAWALS FROM ACCOUNTS. To the extent permitted by
Section (34) of the Adoption Agreement, a participant shall have the right,
subject to Section 13.1 above, to withdraw amounts credited to his accounts. To
the extent that Section (34)(f) of the Adoption Agreement permits participants
to withdraw amounts
WITHDRAWALS
13-1
<PAGE> 114
credited to their after tax accounts, any withdrawals from such amounts shall be
deemed to be made in the following order:
(a) first, the after tax contributions which were made by
the participant prior to January 1, 1987, if any, and
which are credited to his pre-87 after tax account,
without adjustment for income, gains or losses
thereon;
(b) second, the amounts credited to his post-86 after
tax account; and
(c) third, the balance of the amounts credited to his
pre-87 after tax account.
No amounts credited to a participant's accounts may be withdrawn by the
participant prior to his attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (59 1/2)
unless he provides the Administrator with a written statement that he is aware
of the potential income tax ramifications of the withdrawal.
13.2 TERMINATION OF WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Upon an attempt by a
participant or beneficiary to use his interest in this Trust and Plan as
security for any type of obligation, or to alienate, dispose of or in any manner
encumber, or upon an attempt by any third person to attach, levy upon or in any
manner convert the use or enjoyment of any such interest of a participant, the
right to withdraw any portion thereof pursuant to this Article XIII shall
automatically terminate.
13.3 SPOUSE'S CONSENT. No withdrawal may be made hereunder
unless the withdrawing participant's spouse, if any, consents to the withdrawal
in accordance with Sections 28.7 and 28.8 hereof within the ninety (90) day
period ending on the date the withdrawal commences to be made.
WITHDRAWALS
13-2
<PAGE> 115
ARTICLE XIV
-----------
HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS
----------------------
14.1 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. If Section (34)(h) of the Adoption
Agreement so provides and subject to such uniform rules and procedures as the
Administrator may prescribe, in case of hardship, a participant may apply to the
Administrator for a hardship distribution. For purposes of this Section 14.1, a
distribution shall be on account of hardship only if the distribution is made on
account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the participant, as
described in Section 14.2 below, and is necessary, as described in Section 14.3
below, to satisfy such need. Such distribution may be made only from amounts
specified in Section 14.4 below and, if the applicant is married, only with his
spouse's consent pursuant to Section 14.7 below.
14.2 IMMEDIATE AND HEAVY FINANCIAL NEED. A distribution will be
made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of a participant only
if the distribution is on account of:
(a) medical expenses described in Section 213(d) of the
Code incurred by the participant, the participant's
spouse, or any dependents of the participant (as
defined in Section 152 of the Code);
(b) purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
principal residence for the participant;
(c) payment of tuition for the next semester or quarter
of post-secondary education for the participant,
his or her spouse, children, or dependents; or
(d) the need to prevent the eviction of the participant
from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
mortgage of the participant's principal residence.
HARDSHIP
14-1
<PAGE> 116
14.3 DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT NECESSARY TO SATISFY AN IMMEDIATE
AND HEAVY FINANCIAL NEED. A distribution will be deemed to be necessary to
satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the participant only if all of
the following requirements are satisfied:
(a) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of
the immediate and heavy financial need of the
participant;
(b) the participant has obtained all distributions, other
than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans
currently available under all plans maintained by a
Participating Company;
(c) the Trust and Plan and all other plans maintained by
the Participating Companies provide that the
participant's pre-tax contributions and employee
after tax contributions will be suspended for at
least twelve (12) months after receipt of the
hardship distribution; and
(d) the Trust and Plan and all other plans maintained
by the Participating Companies provide that the
participant may not make pre-tax contributions for
the participant's taxable year immediately
following the taxable year of the participant
during which said hardship distribution occurs in
excess of the applicable limit under Section 402(g)
of the Code for such next taxable year of the
participant less the amount of such participant's
pre-tax contributions for the taxable year of the
participant during which said hardship distribution
occurs.
By virtue of this Section and Section 5.6, the Trust and Plan provides for the
restrictions contained above in subsections (c) and (d).
14.4 PERMITTED DISTRIBUTIONS. Subject to obtaining spousal
consent as provided in Section 14.7 hereof, if the Administrator determines that
the criteria set forth above are
HARDSHIP
14-2
<PAGE> 117
satisfied with respect to a participant, it may order a distribution of all or
a portion of the sum of:
(a) such participant's employer contribution and match
accounts which are not amounts attributable to
qualified nonelective contributions multiplied,
respectively, by his Vested Percentage in each such
account;
(b) such participant's distribution accounts, if any,
which do not contain amounts attributable to
qualified nonelective contributions;
(c) the lesser of:
(i) his pre-tax account balance; and
(ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of the
contributions made to his pre-tax account,
plus earnings thereon, if any, credited
prior to January 1, 1989; and
(d) the amount then credited to any personal accounts
held for his benefit.
14.5 METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION. If the Administrator orders a
distribution pursuant to this Article XIV, such distribution may be made in a
lump sum or in a designated number of monthly or quarterly installments or
partly in a lump sum and the balance in installments. If the Administrator
directs that such distribution be made, it may thereafter, if it determines that
such hardship no longer exists or upon agreement with the participant, direct
that any amounts of such distribution remaining unpaid not be distributed.
Amounts distributed to a participant under this Article XIV shall be debited to
the appropriate account as they are paid.
14.6 ADMINISTRATION OF HARDSHIP PROVISIONS. Neither the
application for nor payment of any distribution in accordance with
HARDSHIP
14-3
<PAGE> 118
this Article XIV shall have the effect of terminating a participant's
participation in the Trust and Plan. The Administrator may prescribe the use of
such forms, conduct such investigation, and require the making of such
representations and warranties, as it deems desirable to carry out the purpose
of this Article XIV.
14.7 SPOUSE'S CONSENT. No hardship distribution may be made
hereunder unless the participant's spouse, if any, consents to the hardship
distribution in accordance with Sections 28.7 and 28.8 hereof within the ninety
(90) day period ending on the date the hardship distribution commences to be
made.
HARDSHIP
14-4
<PAGE> 119
ARTICLE XV
----------
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
-------------------------
15.1 ELIGIBILITY FOR DISTRIBUTION. In the event of the
termination of employment of a participant for any reason other than his death,
disability, or retirement, he shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his
vested interest and his personal accounts.
15.2 COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS. The vested interest and
personal accounts of a terminated participant shall be distributed to him in
accordance with the rules and procedures set forth in Article XVIII or XVIII-A
hereof. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18.1 or 18.1A hereof,
distributions shall be made or shall commence to be made as of the date
specified in Section (29) of the Adoption Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.2,
if the Company has elected an early retirement date pursuant to Section (26) of
the Adoption Agreement, and if a terminated participant, at the time of his
termination of employment, satisfied the service requirement but not the age
requirement, if any, as set forth therein, such terminated participant may elect
to have his vested interest and personal accounts distributed or commence to be
distributed on such date on or after he meets the age requirement for early
retirement and on or before his normal retirement date, as he shall select, in
his own discretion.
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
15-1
<PAGE> 120
15.3 VESTING AND FORFEITURES. If a terminated participant's
Vested Percentage in his employer contribution account and/or his match account
is one hundred percent (100%), such account shall be deemed to have become a
distribution account on his date of termination of employment and shall
thereafter be held, administered and distributed in accordance with Article
XVIII or XVIII-A hereof. If his Vested Percentage in his employer contribution
account and/or his match account is less than one hundred percent (100%), such
account shall continue to be administered as such in accordance with the
provisions of Article XI hereof until the earliest to occur of any of the
following events:
(a) he receives a distribution of his entire vested
interest and personal accounts;
(b) he has five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks In
Service;
(c) he dies; or
(d) he is rehired by a member of the Controlled Group.
If the earliest to occur of said events is either the date of
complete distribution of his vested interest and personal accounts, his having
had five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks In Service or his death, an amount
equal to the excess of:
(i) the balance in his employer contribution account plus
the amount, if any, then credited to pre-tax, match,
special ADP and distribution accounts held for his
benefit; over
(ii) his vested interest;
shall be forfeited as of such date and shall be debited to his appropriate
accounts. If any amounts remain credited to said accounts after said
forfeiture, such accounts shall thereafter be
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
15-2
<PAGE> 121
deemed to have become distribution accounts and shall be held, administered and
distributed in accordance with Article XVIII or XVIII-A hereof. In the event
that a terminated participant does not have a vested interest, then his personal
accounts, if any, shall be distributed to him immediately and the amounts
credited to his employer contribution and match accounts shall be forfeited at
the time of such participant's termination of employment. Even if such
participant does not have any personal accounts, he will be deemed to have
received a distribution on his date of termination of employment of zero (0)
dollars.
If the earliest of said events shall be the terminated
participant's rehire by a member of the Controlled Group, he shall immediately
be reinstated as a participant in this Trust and Plan and this Article XV shall
not apply to him until a subsequent termination of employment described in
Section 15.1 hereof.
15.4 REALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES. If Section (23) of the
Adoption Agreement so provides, the amounts forfeited pursuant to Section 15.3
hereof shall be allocated on the allocation date coinciding with or next
following the date of forfeiture among the employer contribution and match
accounts of all participants who were active participants during the plan year,
excluding such participants as are described in Section (19) of the Adoption
Agreement.
Forfeitures shall be allocated in the same manner as employer
contributions are allocated pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof; provided, however
that no forfeitures shall be allocated to
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
15-3
<PAGE> 122
the accounts of any participant in excess of the limitations on annual additions
set forth in Article XXIV hereof. Allocation of forfeitures shall be made prior
to the revaluation provided for in Article XI hereof.
15.5 FORFEITURES USED TO REDUCE CONTRIBUTIONS. If Section (23)
of the Adoption Agreement so provides, the amounts forfeited pursuant to Section
15.3 hereof shall be used, on the allocation date coinciding with or next
following the date of forfeiture, to reduce Participating Company contributions.
15.6 REHIRED PARTICIPANTS. In the event a terminated participant
is rehired by a member of the Controlled Group prior to incurring five (5)
consecutive One Year Breaks In Service, he shall immediately be reinstated as a
participant in this Trust and Plan and any amounts forfeited pursuant to Section
15.3 hereof shall be recredited to his employer contribution and/or match
account as provided in Section (24) of the Adoption Agreement.
If the Company has elected pursuant to Section (24) of the
Adoption Agreement to require repayment to the Trust and Plan of amounts
previously distributed to the participant prior to recrediting of forfeited
amounts, any amounts previously forfeited pursuant to Section 15.3 hereof shall
be recredited to a participant's employer contribution and/or match account
provided that such participant recontributes to this Trust and Plan on or before
the first to occur of:
(a) the date he incurs five (5) consecutive One Year
Breaks In Service; and
(b) the fifth (5th) anniversary of his date of rehire;
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
15-4
<PAGE> 123
the full amount distributed to him following his earlier termination of
employment. Such amount shall be recredited to the account from which it
originated.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust and Plan to
the contrary, in order to balance the accounts maintained under this Trust and
Plan after giving effect to the recrediting of previously forfeited amounts to a
rehired participant's employer contribution and match accounts, the Company, at
its option, may direct the Trustee to:
(a) first reduce the value of the forfeitures, if any,
which would otherwise be reallocated as of the
allocation date coinciding with or next following the
date such participant was rehired; and
(b) in the event the accounts maintained under this Trust
and Plan are not balanced after the reduction in
subsection (a) above, reduce the gain, if any, in the
value of the Trust and Plan's assets since the most
recent valuation date as of the valuation date
coinciding with or next following the date such
participant was rehired;
provided that the total of the reductions described in subsections (a) and (b)
above with respect to any plan year shall not exceed the aggregate previously
forfeited amounts which were recredited to the employer contribution and match
accounts of participants who were rehired during such plan year.
To the extent that the sum of the amounts described in
subsections (a) and (b) above for any plan year is less than the aggregate
previously forfeited amounts which were recredited to the employer contribution
and match accounts of participants who were rehired during the plan year, the
Participating Companies which rehired the former participants shall contribute
to this Trust and
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
15-5
<PAGE> 124
Plan an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate previously
forfeited amounts which were recredited to the employer contribution and match
accounts of participants who were rehired during the plan year by the
Participating Companies and the sum of the amounts described in subsections (a)
and (b) above. The obligation to contribute such amounts shall be allocated
among the Participating Companies by the Company. Such contributions shall be
made by the Participant Companies no later than the due date (including
extensions) of the tax return for the taxable year which includes the last day
of the plan year during which such participants were rehired. In addition, any
portion of such contribution which represents amounts previously contributed by
a Participating Company to this Trust and Plan shall not be deemed to have been
contributed for purposes of Article XXIV hereof at the time it is recontributed,
but shall be deemed to have been contributed at the time of the original
contribution.
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
15-6
<PAGE> 125
ARTICLE XVI
-----------
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
-------------------
16.1 NORMAL RETIREMENT. The employer contribution account and
match account of a participant who has attained his normal retirement date shall
be fully vested and nonforfeitable. A participant who retires on his normal
retirement date shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of the
amounts then credited to all accounts held for his benefit. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 18.1 or 18.1A hereof, such amounts shall be distributed or
shall commence to be distributed as soon as reasonably possible after his date
of retirement but not later than sixty (60) days after the close of the plan
year which includes the date of his retirement. Such distribution shall be made
in accordance with the provisions of Article XVIII or XVIII-A hereof.
16.2 EARLY RETIREMENT. If Section (26) of the Adoption Agreement
permits early retirement, a participant may elect to retire on or after his
early retirement date but before reaching his normal retirement date. In the
event of such early retirement, a participant shall be entitled to receive an
amount equal to the sum of the amounts then credited to all his accounts. Except
as otherwise provided in Section 18.1 or 18.1A hereof, such amounts shall be
distributed or shall commence to be distributed on such date on or after his
early retirement date but no later than his normal retirement date as such
retired participant shall select.
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
16-1
<PAGE> 126
Such distribution shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article
XVIII or XVIII-A hereof.
16.3 LATE RETIREMENT. In the event a participant works beyond
his normal retirement date, his retirement shall be deemed to have occurred on
the earlier of the date of his termination of employment with a member of the
Controlled Group for any reason other than death or the date distribution must
commence to a participant under Section 18.5 or 18.9A of this Trust and Plan. In
the event of such late retirement, such participant shall be entitled to receive
an amount equal to the sum of the amounts then credited to all the accounts held
for his benefit. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18.1 or 18.1A hereof,
such amounts shall be distributed or shall commence to be distributed as soon as
reasonably possible after his date of retirement but not later than sixty (60)
days after the close of the plan year which includes his date of late
retirement. Such distribution shall be made in accordance with the provisions of
Article XVIII or XVIII-A hereof.
16.4 DISABILITY RETIREMENT. A participant who becomes
permanently and totally disabled pursuant to Section 27 of the Adoption
Agreement may apply to the Administrator for disability retirement benefits. If
the Administrator shall determine that the participant is permanently and
totally disabled, his date of disability retirement shall be deemed to have been
the date on which his application for benefits under this Article XVI was filed
with the Administrator and he will be deemed to have ceased to be a participant
on that date. Such a disabled participant shall be
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
16-2
<PAGE> 127
entitled to receive a distribution pursuant to Article XVIII or XVIII-A hereof
of an amount equal to the sum of the amounts, if any, then credited to all the
accounts held for his benefit. Except as otherwise provided in Section 18.1 or
18.1A hereof, such amounts shall be distributed or shall commence to be
distributed on such date as shall be selected by the participant, but not later
than sixty (60) days after the close of the plan year which includes his normal
retirement date.
16.5 APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS. Each participant who is eligible
for benefits under this Article XVI shall apply therefor on a form which shall
be given to him for that purpose by the Administrator; provided, however, that
the foregoing requirement shall not apply in any case in which a participant
shall be unable to make such application for physical, mental or any other
reason satisfactory to the Administrator. Upon finding that such participant
satisfies the eligibility requirements for benefits under this Article XVI, the
Administrator shall promptly notify the Trustee of his eligibility and of the
method of distribution selected in accordance with Article XVIII or XVIII-A
hereof.
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
16-3
<PAGE> 128
ARTICLE XVII
------------
DEATH
-----
17.1 DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT. In the event of the termination of
employment of a participant by reason of his death, his death beneficiary shall
be entitled to receive a distribution in an amount equal to the amounts then
credited to all the accounts held for his benefit plus the proceeds of any life
insurance contracts purchased on his life under Article X hereof. Such amount
shall be distributed or shall commence to be distributed as soon as reasonably
possible after the participant's date of death but not later than sixty (60)
days after the close of the plan year which includes the date of the
participant's normal retirement date (or date of death, if later). Such
distribution shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article XVIII or
XVIII-A hereof.
17.2 DEATH OF A RETIRED OR TERMINATED PARTICIPANT PRIOR TO
COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. In the event of the death of a retired or terminated
participant prior to the date distribution has been made or commenced to be made
to him, his death beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a distribution in an
amount equal to his vested interest and his personal accounts. The Vested
Percentage of a retired or terminated participant shall not increase due to his
death. Such amount shall be distributed or shall commence to be distributed as
soon as reasonably possible after the participant's date of death but not later
than sixty (60) days after the close of the plan year which includes the date of
DEATH
17-1
<PAGE> 129
the participant's normal retirement date (or date of death, if later). Such
distribution shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article XVIII or
XVIII-A hereof. The balance, if any, credited to the deceased participant's
employer contribution and match accounts shall be forfeited as of his date of
death pursuant to Section 15.3 hereof.
17.3 DEATH OF A RETIRED OR TERMINATED PARTICIPANT AFTER
COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. In the event of the death of a retired or terminated
participant after the date of distribution or the commencement of distribution
to him, no benefits shall be payable to his death beneficiary except to the
extent provided for by the method under which the retired or terminated
participant was receiving distributions under Article XVIII or XVIII-A hereof.
17.4 BENEFICIARY OF A PARTICIPANT. Unless a participant or
former participant has designated a death beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of Section 17.5 hereof, his death beneficiary shall be deemed to be
the person or persons in the first of the following classes in which there are
any survivors of such participant:
(a) his spouse at the time of his death;
(b) his issue, per stirpes;
(c) his parents; and
(d) the executor or administrator of his estate.
17.5 DESIGNATION OF ALTERNATE BENEFICIARY. In lieu of having the
amounts distributable pursuant to this Article XVII distributed to a death
beneficiary determined in accordance with
DEATH
17-2
<PAGE> 130
the provisions of Section 17.4 hereof, a participant or former participant may
sign a document designating a death beneficiary or death beneficiaries to
receive such amounts. If the participant is married, any such designation shall
be effective only if the spouse of the participant is the sole primary
beneficiary or consents to such designation in accordance with Section 28.8
hereof.
17.6 QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.
Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 17.4 and 17.5, in the event the Company
has elected to make annuity forms of distribution the normal form of
distribution to participants pursuant to Article XVIII-A hereof, the vested
account balance of a married participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting
Date shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of his
surviving spouse, unless such benefit shall be waived by the participant as
provided herein. The surviving spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed
within a reasonable period after the participant's death.
Any waiver election referred to in the preceding paragraph shall
be made within the period which begins on the earlier of (a) the first day of
the plan year in which the participant attains age thirty-five (35), or (b) the
date on which the participant incurs a termination of employment, and ends on
the date of the participant's death. A participant who will not yet attain age
thirty-five (35) as of the end of any current plan year may make a special
qualified election to waive the annuity payable to his spouse upon his death for
the period beginning on the date of such
DEATH
17-3
<PAGE> 131
election and ending on the first day of the plan year in which the participant
will attain age thirty-five (35). Such election shall not be valid unless the
participant receives a written explanation of the survivor annuity which is
comparable to that provided to the Participant pursuant to Section 18.5A hereof.
Qualified preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be automatically
reinstated as of the first day of the plan year in which the participant attains
age thirty-five (35). Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to
the full requirements of this Section 17.6.
Any election to waive qualified preretirement survivor annuity
coverage shall be in writing and shall be effective only if the participant's
spouse consents to the election in accordance with Section 28.8 hereof. The
election shall designate a specific non-spouse beneficiary, including any class
of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed
without the spouse's consent, unless the spouse shall in the original consent
expressly permit further designations by the participant. Any election by a
participant to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity described
herein shall be revocable at any time up to the date of the participant's death.
Any such revocation shall be automatically effective without the consent of the
participant's spouse.
The Administrator shall provide each participant, within the
period beginning with the earlier of (i) the first day of the plan year in which
the participant attains age thirty-two (32) or
DEATH
17-4
<PAGE> 132
(ii) a reasonable period following his termination of employment, and ending
with the close of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the participant
attains age thirty-five (35), a written explanation of the surviving spouse's
rights under this Section 17.6. In the case of a participant hired by a
Participating Company after age thirty-five (35), such written explanation shall
be provided within a reasonable period after the individual becomes a
participant in the Trust and Plan.
17.7 ADMINISTRATOR TO NOTIFY TRUSTEE. Upon the death of a
participant or a former participant, the Administrator shall immediately advise
the Trustee of the identity of such partici- pant's death beneficiary or
beneficiaries. The Trustee shall be completely protected in making distributions
to any person or persons in accordance with the instructions it receives from
the Administrator.
17.8 INCOMPLETE DISPOSITION. In the event that a participant or
former participant dies at a time when he has a designation on file with the
Administrator which does not dispose of all of the amounts distributable under
this Trust and Plan upon his death, then the amounts distributable on behalf of
said participant or former participant, the disposition of which was not
determined by the deceased participant's or former participant's designation,
shall be distributed to a death beneficiary determined under the provisions of
Section 17.4 hereof. Any insurance proceeds for which there is no living
beneficiary named shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of the
insurance contract.
DEATH
17-5
<PAGE> 133
17.9 AMBIGUITY OF BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. Any ambiguity in a
participant's death beneficiary designation shall be resolved by the
Administrator. Subject to Section 17.5 hereof, the Administrator may direct a
participant to clarify his designation and if necessary execute a new
designation containing such clarification.
DEATH
17-6
<PAGE> 134
ARTICLE XVIII
-------------
DISTRIBUTIONS
-------------
18.1 DATE OF DISTRIBUTIONS. Distributions will normally commence
as of the dates specified in Articles XV, XVI and XVII hereof. However, if
permitted by Section (30) of the Adoption Agreement, a participant or his
beneficiary may elect in writing, subject to Section 18.5 hereof, to defer any
distribution until a date not later than a date indicated in the Adoption
Agreement.
18.2 METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION. Any distribution to be made
pursuant to Article XV, XVI or XVII hereof may be made pursuant to one or a
combination of the methods of distribution permitted under Section (28) of the
Adoption Agreement, as shall be selected by the participant, former participant
or beneficiary of a deceased participant. Generally, such methods of
distribution shall be:
(a) a single lump sum distribution; and
(b) nearly equal monthly, quarterly or annual
installments over a period selected by the
participant, which shall not exceed the maximum
permissible period under Section 401(a)(9) of the
Code.
If no method is selected, distribution shall be made in the lump sum form.
18.3 ADMINISTERING DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS. Upon direction of
the Administrator, the Trustee shall make payment from the Trust Fund to the
participant or his beneficiary as the case may be. As long as there remain any
amounts credited to an account, the Trustee shall continue to maintain and
administer said
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-1
<PAGE> 135
account in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Trust and Plan.
18.4 LUMP SUM PAYMENT OF SMALL AMOUNTS. Notwithstanding any
contrary provision of this Trust and Plan, in the event that the vested interest
and personal accounts of a retired, terminated or deceased participant have a
value less than or equal to Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00), the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute such vested interest and
personal accounts in a single lump sum payment without the consent of the
participant or his beneficiary.
18.5 RESTRICTIONS. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Trust and Plan, distributions hereunder shall be subject to the following
restrictions:
(a) in the case of a living participant or former participant:
(i) distribution must commence on or before:
(A) the April 1 following the end of the calendar year
in which he attains age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) or retires, whichever is later, if the
participant shall have attained age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2) prior to January 1, 1988 and was
not a five percent (5%) owner at any time after
the beginning of the plan year that ends in the
calendar year during which he attained age sixty-
six and one-half (66-1/2); or
(B) the April 1 following the end of the calendar year
in which he attains age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) in all other cases; and
(ii) installment distributions shall not be payable over a
period of years in excess of his life expectancy or the
joint life expectancies of himself and his spouse or
beneficiary; and
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-2
<PAGE> 136
(b) in the case of a deceased participant or former participant,
distributions after his death shall be payable either:
(i) within five (5) years of the date of his death; or
(ii) if distribution commences to his beneficiary, either:
(A) within one (1) year of the date of his death or on
a later date permitted under any lawful
regulations by the Secretary of the Treasury; or
(B) if his spouse is his beneficiary, by the date such
participant would have attained age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2);
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
of such beneficiary; or
(iii) if the participant's distribution had commenced prior to
his death under a form of payment meeting the
requirements of subsection (a)(ii) above, such
distribution must be completed by the remainder of the
period specified in said subsection (a)(ii); and
(c) in the case of the death of a beneficiary who is the surviving
spouse of a deceased participant, a distribution commencing
after the death of the spouse shall be payable either:
(i) within five (5) years of the date of the spouse's death;
(ii) if distribution commences to the spouse's beneficiary
within one (1) year of the spouse's death or on a later
date permitted under any lawful regulations issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury, over a period not
extending beyond the life expectancy of such
beneficiary; or
(d) in the event payments are made to a participant's child, for
purposes of this Section 18.5, such payments shall be deemed
to be paid to the partici- pant's spouse if such payments will
become payable to such spouse upon such child's reaching
majority or any other event permitted under any lawful
regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-3
<PAGE> 137
A participant, former participant or beneficiary may elect to have his life
expectancy redetermined from time to time but not more frequently than annually.
In the event that a participant, former participant or beneficiary fails to make
such an election, then no redetermination shall be performed.
Notwithstanding anything in this Trust and Plan to the contrary,
if a participant had filed an election with the Administrator prior to January
1, 1984, that his distribution either be under a form or commence after a date
not provided for in this Trust and Plan, as herein adopted, such distribution
shall nevertheless be made in accordance with such election, provided that the
provisions of such election complied with the terms of the Trust and Plan as in
effect on the date such election was filed with the Administrator.
18.6 LUMP SUM VALUE OF INSTALLMENT METHOD OF DISTRIBUTIONS.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust and Plan, the commuted lump
sum value of the amounts payable to a participant or former participant (whose
beneficiary is someone other than his spouse) pursuant to the installment method
of distribution, computed as of the commencement date of distribution, shall not
be less than fifty percent (50%) of the value of the amounts distributable on
his behalf under this Trust and Plan.
18.7 REVALUATION OF UNDISTRIBUTED AMOUNTS. As long as there
remain any amounts credited to a participant's accounts, the Trustee shall
continue to maintain said accounts and said accounts shall be periodically
revalued in accordance with the provisions of
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-4
<PAGE> 138
Article XI hereof. In the event that a former participant shall have more than
one account, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may consolidate said accounts
into a single distribution account.
18.8 RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE REGARDING DISTRIBUTIONS. The
Trustee, upon notification by the Administrator as to the eligibility of and
method of distribution applicable to a participant, former participant or
beneficiary, shall take one or a combination of the following actions to
effectuate the method of distribution to such person:
(a) sell or surrender any contract or contracts of
insurance then held with respect to such person for
the cash surrender value thereof; or
(b) cause such contract or contracts to be converted
pursuant to any of the available lump sum or
installment options under such contract or
contracts; or
(c) make distributions of cash and insurance contracts
directly from the Trust Fund to such person.
Any amounts received by the Trust Fund upon the surrender of any
life insurance contracts shall be credited to such person's distribution
account. Any amounts paid from the Trust Fund to an insurance company or to a
participant, former participant or beneficiary shall be debited to such account.
18.9 DIRECT ROLLOVERS. This Section 18.9 applies to
distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of
the Trust and Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's
election under this Section 18.9, a distributee may elect, at the time and in
the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible
rollover
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-5
<PAGE> 139
distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
distributee in a direct rollover.
An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or
any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of
a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's
designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any
distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section
401(a)(9), and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross
income (determined with regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
with respect to employer securities).
An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account
described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in
Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a
qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's
eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In
addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-7
<PAGE> 140
the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate
payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section
414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
spouse.
A direct rollover is a payment by the Trust and Plan to the
eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-7
<PAGE> 141
ARTICLE XVIII-A
---------------
DISTRIBUTIONS - ANNUITY OPTION
------------------------------
18.1A DATE OF DISTRIBUTION. Distributions will normally commence
as of the dates specified in Articles XV, XVI and XVII hereof, except that a
participant may elect to have a distribution made pursuant to Section 18.2A or
Section 18.3A below commence upon his attainment of the earliest retirement age
under the Trust and Plan. In addition, if permitted by Section (30) of the
Adoption Agreement, a participant or his beneficiary may elect in writing,
subject to Section 18.10A hereof, to defer any distribution until a date not
later than a date indicated in the Adoption Agreement.
18.2A NORMAL METHOD. Unless an annuity method of distribution is
selected under Section 18.3A hereof or the annuity method has been designated
the normal method of distribution in Section (28) of the Adoption Agreement, the
normal method of distribution of amounts distributable to a participant, former
participant or his beneficiary pursuant to Articles XV, XVI or XVII hereof shall
be a single lump sum payment.
18.3A ANNUITY METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION. In lieu of receiving a
single lump sum payment pursuant to Section 18.2A, or if the normal method of
distribution selected in Section (28) of the Adoption Agreement is the Annuity
Method, a participant, former participant or beneficiary of a deceased
participant may elect to receive the amounts distributable to him pursuant to
Articles XV, XVI and XVII in the form of an annuity contract purchased for him
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-1A
<PAGE> 142
from an insurance company by the Trustee pursuant to Section 18.11A hereof.
Unless another form of annuity contract is selected under Section 18.4A, any
such annuity contract shall normally provide by its terms for benefits to be
paid:
(a) to a married participant or a married former
participant in the Spouse's Annuity Form described
in Section 18.4A; and
(b) to an unmarried participant, an unmarried former
participant or a beneficiary of a participant in
the Full Cash Refund Life Annuity Form described in
Section 18.4A.
18.4A OPTIONAL METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION. A participant, a former
participant, or a beneficiary of a participant may elect, in lieu of receiving
the amounts distributable to him pursuant to the normal methods of distribution
set forth in Section 18.2A or Section 18.3A, to receive such amounts pursuant to
any one or a combination of the following optional methods of distribution
permitted under Section (28)(b) of the Adoption Agreement:
FORM 1. LIFE ANNUITY FORM. A participant who receives payment of
his retirement benefits under the Life Annuity Form, shall
receive an immediate annuity providing retirement benefit
payments during his life. No benefits shall be payable after the
death of the participant.
FORM 2. SPOUSE'S ANNUITY FORM. A participant who receives payment
of his retirement benefits under the Spouse's Annuity Form, shall
receive an immediate annuity providing retirement benefit
payments during his life with the provision that after his death
50% of his monthly retirement benefit shall continue during the
life of and shall be paid to the person who was his spouse on the
date his benefits commence.
FORM 3. JOINT AND SURVIVOR FORM. A participant who receives
payment of his retirement benefits under the Joint and Survivor
Form shall receive retirement benefit payments during his life,
with the provision that after his death one hundred percent
(100%) or fifty percent (50%), as shall be selected by the
participant ("Selected Percentage"), of
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-2A
<PAGE> 143
his monthly retirement benefit shall continue during the life of
and shall be paid to such beneficiary as he shall nominate by
written designation duly filed with the Administrator or its
designated representative.
FORM 4. LIFE-PERIOD CERTAIN FORM. A participant who receives
payment of his retirement benefits under the Life-Period Certain
Form shall receive retirement benefit payments during his life,
with the provision that, in the event the participant shall die
before he shall have received retirement benefit payments for a
period of sixty (60), one hundred twenty (120), or one hundred
eighty (180) months, as selected by the participant ("Selected
Period"), after his death one hundred percent (100%) of his
monthly retirement benefit shall continue for the remainder of
said Selected Period to such beneficiary as he shall have
nominated by written designation duly filed with the
Administrator or its designated representative.
FORM 5. FULL CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY FORM. A participant who
receives payment of his retirement benefits under the Full Cash
Refund Life Annuity Form shall receive retirement benefit
payments during his life, with the provision that, in the event
the participant shall die before he shall have received payments
of retirement benefits aggregating the single lump sum amount
used to purchase the annuity contract which is to be used to
provide benefits with respect to such participant, the balance of
such single lump sum amount ("Full Cash Refund") shall be paid in
a single lump sum to such beneficiary as he shall have nominated
by written designation duly filed with the Administrator or its
designated representative.
FORM 6. LUMP SUM FORM. A participant who receives payment of his
retirement benefits under the Lump Sum Form shall receive a
single lump sum payment upon the date his retirement benefits
would otherwise have commenced under the Trust and Plan.
FORM 7. OTHER FORM. A participant who receives payment of
his retirement benefits under an Other Form shall receive
his benefits in a form described in the Adoption Agreement.
18.5A NOTICE OF METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION. If the annuity method
has been designated the normal method of distribution, the Administrator shall,
no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to the
Annuity Starting Date of a
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-3A
<PAGE> 144
participant, former participant or beneficiary, provide each such individual a
written explanation of the terms and conditions of the normal methods of
distribution described in Section 18.3A, the individual's right to make and the
effect of an election of an optional form of distribution, the rights of a
participant's or former participant's spouse and the right to revoke and the
effect of revocation of a prior election of an optional method of distribution.
18.6A ELECTION OF ANNUITY CONTRACT OR OPTIONAL METHOD OF PAYMENT.
To elect an annuity contract as set forth in Section 18.3A or one or a
combination of the optional methods of distribution, a participant, former
participant or beneficiary shall notify the Administrator of such election in
writing prior to the date his retirement benefits become distributable pursuant
to Article XV, XVI or XVII hereof. If either the annuity method of distribution
has been designated the normal method of distribution or a married participant
or former participant has elected to receive an annuity contract pursuant to
Section 18.3A above and further has elected to receive his retirement benefits
under a form other than the Spouse's Annuity Form, such election shall not be of
any effect and the participant or former participant shall be treated the same
as though his election had not been made unless the participant's spouse
consents in writing to such election in accordance with Section 28.8 hereof. Any
such election by a married participant shall designate a specific optional
method of distribution which shall not be changed without his spouse's
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-4A
<PAGE> 145
consent, unless the spouse's original consent expressly permits further changes
by the participant.
A married participant shall be allowed to make such election no
less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days after having received
a written explanation of the joint and survivor annuity benefit pursuant to
Section 18.5A hereof. The date a participant's retirement benefits become
distributable pursuant to Article XV or XVI hereof shall be postponed, if
necessary, to provide such ninety (90) days unless he makes an earlier election.
In addition to the foregoing, a participant may revoke a prior election and
elect another optional method of distribution, if desired, as long as such
ninety (90) day period has not expired. The number of revocations hereunder
shall not be limited.
18.7A LUMP SUM PAYMENT OF SMALL AMOUNTS. Notwithstanding any
contrary provision of this Trust and Plan, in the event that the vested interest
and personal accounts of a retired, terminated or deceased participant have a
value less than or equal to Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00), the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute such vested interest and
personal accounts in a single lump sum payment without the consent of the
participant or beneficiary. Any such lump sum payment shall be in full
settlement of such participant's or beneficiary's rights under this Trust and
Plan.
18.8A LUMP SUM VALUE OF OPTIONAL METHODS OF DISTRIBUTIONS.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Trust and Plan, the
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-5A
<PAGE> 146
commuted lump sum value of the amounts payable to a participant or former
participant (whose beneficiary is someone other than his spouse) pursuant to any
optional method of distribution, computed as of the commencement date of
distribution, shall not be less than fifty percent (50%) of the value of the
amounts distributable on his behalf under the Trust and Plan.
18.9A REVALUATION OF UNDISTRIBUTED AMOUNTS. As long as there
remain any amounts credited to a participant's accounts, the Trustee shall
continue to maintain said accounts and said accounts shall be periodically
revalued in accordance with the provisions of Article XI hereof. In the event
that a former participant shall have more than one account, the Trustee, in its
sole discretion, may consolidate said accounts into a single distribution
account.
18.10A RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Trust and Plan, distributions hereunder shall be subject to
the following restrictions:
(a) in the case of a living participant or former participant:
(i) distribution must commence on or before:
(A) the April 1 following the end of the calendar year
in which he attains age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) or retires, whichever is later, if the
employee shall have attained age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2) prior to January 1, 1988 and was
not a five percent (5%) owner at any time after
the beginning of the plan year that ends in the
calendar year during which he attained age
sixty-six and one-half (66-1/2); or
(B) the April 1 following the end of the calendar year
in which he attains age
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-6A
<PAGE> 147
seventy and one-half (70-1/2) in all other cases; and
(ii) installment distributions shall not be payable over a
period of years in excess of his life expectancy or the
joint life expectancies of himself and his spouse or
beneficiary; and
(iii) annuities cannot be issued exceeding his life expectancy
or the joint life expectancies of himself and his spouse
or beneficiary; and
(b) in the case of a deceased participant or former participant,
distributions after his death shall be payable either:
(i) within five (5) years of the date of his death; or
(ii) if distribution commences to his beneficiary, either:
(A) within one (1) year of the date of his death or on
a later date permitted under any lawful
regulations by the Secretary of the Treasury; or
(B) if his spouse is his beneficiary, by the date such
employee would have attained age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2);
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
of such beneficiary; or
(iii) if the participant's distribution had commenced prior to
his death under a form of payment meeting the
requirements of subsection (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above,
such distribution must be completed by the remainder of
the period specified in said subsection (a)(ii) or
(a)(iii); and
(iv) if the participant's distribution had not commenced
prior to his death under a form of payment meeting the
requirements of subsection (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above and
the participant's spouse is entitled to a distribution
hereunder but dies prior to the commencement of such
distribution, then the limitations of this subsection
(b) shall be applied as if the spouse were the
participant; and
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-7A
<PAGE> 148
(c) in the case of the death of a beneficiary who is the surviving
spouse of a deceased participant, a distribution commencing
after the death of the spouse shall be payable either:
(i) within five (5) years of the date of the spouse's death;
(ii) if distribution commences to the spouse's beneficiary
within one (1) year of the spouse's death or on a later
date permitted under any lawful regulations issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury, over a period not
extending beyond the life expectancy of such
beneficiary; or
(d) in the event payments are made to a participant's child, for
purposes of this Section 18.9A such payments shall be deemed
to be paid to the participant's spouse if such annuity
payments will become payable to such spouse upon such child's
reaching majority or any other event permitted under any
lawful regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
A participant, former participant or beneficiary may elect to have his life
expectancy redetermined from time to time but not more frequently than annually.
In the event that a participant, former participant or beneficiary fails to make
such an election, then no recalculation shall be performed.
Notwithstanding anything in this Trust and Plan to the contrary, if
a participant had filed an election with the Administrator prior to January 1,
1984, that his distribution either be under a form or commence after a date not
provided for in this Trust and Plan, as herein adopted, such distribution shall
nevertheless be made in accordance with such election, provided that the
provisions of such election complied with the terms of the Trust and Plan as in
effect on the date such election was filed with the Administrator.
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-8A
<PAGE> 149
18.11A RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE REGARDING DISTRIBUTIONS. The
Trustee, upon notification by the Administrator as to the eligibility of and
method of distribution applicable to a participant, former participant or
beneficiary, shall take one or a combination of the following actions to
effectuate the method of distribution to such person:
(a) purchase from an insurance company a fully paid-up,
nontransferable annuity contract or contracts; or
(b) sell or surrender any contract or contracts of
insurance then held with respect to such person for
the cash surrender value thereof; or
(c) cause such contract or contracts to be converted
pursuant to any of the available lump sum or
installment options under such contract or
contracts; or
(d) make distributions of cash and insurance contracts
directly from the Trust Fund to such person.
In the event that the Trustee, pursuant to this Section 18.11A,
obtains an annuity contract for the benefit of a participant, former participant
or a beneficiary, the Trustee shall, after having selected such settlement
options and placed such restrictive endorsements thereon as are directed by the
Administrator, transfer ownership of the contract or contracts to such
participant, former participant or beneficiary and deliver said contract or
contracts to him. The delivery of said contract or contracts shall be in full
settlement of such participant's, former participant's or beneficiary's rights
under this Plan. The Company, other Participating Companies and Affiliates, the
Administrator and the Trustee shall not be responsible for:
DISTRIBUTIONS
18-9A
<PAGE> 150
(a) any failure on the part of any insurance company to
make any payments or provide any benefit under any
annuity contract;
(b) for the action or inaction of any person which may
render any annuity contract invalid or
unenforceable; and
(c) any inability to perform or delay in performing any
act occasioned by any provisions of any annuity
contract or restriction imposed by any insurance
company or by any other person.
Any amounts received by the Trust Fund upon the surrender of any
life insurance contracts shall be credited to such person's distribution
account. Any amounts paid from the Trust Fund to an insurance company or to a
participant, former participant or beneficiary shall be debited to such account.
18.12A DIRECT ROLLOVERS. This Section 18.12A applies to
distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of
the Trust and Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's
election under this Section 18.12A, a distributee may elect, at the time and in
the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible
rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by
the distributee in a direct rollover.
An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any
portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible
rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series
of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or
DISTRIBUTIONS - ANNUITIES
18-11A
<PAGE> 151
joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated
beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9), and the
portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined
with regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
employer securities).
An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account
described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in
Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a
qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's
eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition,
the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or
former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are
distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
A direct rollover is a payment by the Trust and Plan to the
eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
DISTRIBUTIONS - ANNUITIES
18-11A
<PAGE> 152
ARTICLE XIX
-----------
THE TRUSTEE, ITS POWERS AND DUTIES
----------------------------------
19.1 OBLIGATIONS AND DUTIES. The Trustee shall not be obligated
to institute any action or proceeding to compel a Participating Company to make
any contributions to this Trust, nor shall the Trustee be obligated to make any
inquiry as to whether any amount deposited with it is the amount provided to be
deposited under the terms of Articles V, VI or VII. The Trustee shall keep books
of account which shall show all receipts and disbursements and a complete record
of the operation of the Trust, and the Trustee shall at least once a year and at
such other times as the Company or the Administrator shall so request render a
report of the operation of this Trust to the Company and the Administrator. The
Trustee shall file with the Internal Revenue Service such returns and other
information concerning the Trust Fund as may be required of the Trustee by the
Code and any lawful Regulations issued by the Treasury Department thereunder.
The Trustee shall not be obligated to pay any interest on any funds which may
come into its hands. The Trustee is a party to this Trust and Plan solely for
the purposes set forth in this instrument and to perform the acts herein set
forth, and no obligation or duty shall be expected or required of it except as
expressly stated herein or in ERISA and any lawful Regulations issued thereunder
by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury. The Trustee may
consult with counsel (who may or may not be counsel for the Company or any
TRUSTEE
19-1
<PAGE> 153
other Participating Company) selected by the Trustee concerning any question
which may arise with reference to its powers or duties under this Trust and
Plan, and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authority and
protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee in
good faith and in accordance with such opinion, provided due care is exercised
in the selection of such counsel.
19.2 RESIGNATION BY TRUSTEE. The Trustee may resign from this
Trust by mailing to the Company a written notice of resignation addressed to the
Company at the last address of the Company on file with the Trustee, or by
delivering such written notice to the Company at such address. The Company may
remove the Trustee by written notice of such removal mailed to the Trustee at
the last address of the Trustee on file with the Company, or by delivering such
written notice to the Trustee at such address. Such resignation or removal shall
take effect on the date specified in the notice of resignation or removal, but
not less than thirty (30) days, nor more than sixty (60) days, following the
date of mailing of such notice or delivery of such notice if it be not mailed
unless a shorter period is mutually acceptable. Upon such resignation or
removal, the Trustee shall be entitled to its fees to the effective date of
resignation or removal and any and all costs or expenses paid or incurred by the
Trustee in connection with this Trust and Plan. In no event shall such
resignation or removal terminate this Trust and Plan, but the Company shall
forthwith appoint a successor Trustee to carry out the terms of this Trust
TRUSTEE
19-2
<PAGE> 154
and Plan, which successor Trustee shall be any individual, trust company or bank
selected by the Company. In case of the resignation or removal of the Trustee,
the Trustee shall forthwith turn over to the successor Trustee all assets in its
possession, and copies of such records as may be necessary to permit the
successor Trustee to carry out its duties.
19.3 ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES. The expenses of administration of
the Trust incurred by the Trustee, including counsel fees and including
Trustee's fees as such may from time to time be agreed upon between the Company
and the Trustee, shall be paid in any one of the following manners as determined
by the Company in its sole discretion:
(a) paid out of the annual contributions by the
Participating Companies before allocation of such
contribution is made among the accounts of the
Trust;
(b) paid directly by the Participating Companies to the
Trustee; or
(c) paid out of the Trust Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will any Trustee who is an employee
of a Participating Company receive compensation from the Trust and Plan, except
for expenses properly and actually incurred. Fees and expenses of the Trustee
which have not been paid will be deemed to be a lien upon the Trust Fund.
19.4 OWNERSHIP OF INSURANCE CONTRACTS. The Trustee shall be the
complete and absolute owner of the insurance contracts held in the Trust and of
each and every incident of ownership thereof, except as otherwise provided
herein, shall be entitled to receive
TRUSTEE
19-3
<PAGE> 155
all benefits due thereunder, except that any amount which may become due as a
death benefit under any such insurance contract shall be payable directly to the
death beneficiary determined under Article XVII hereof, shall have such powers,
rights, duties, options, or privileges which belong to the absolute owner of
such contracts or which are granted by the terms of any such contracts or by the
terms of this Trust and Plan, and, without intending to limit the generality of
the foregoing, it is hereby provided that the Trustee shall have the right to
borrow money upon the direction of the Administrator for the payment of premiums
on the security of contracts and to pledge the same, provided that nothing
herein contained shall be construed to permit the use of, and it is hereby
expressly made prohibitive of the use of any contract or contracts to the
advantage, benefit, gain or detriment of any other contract or contracts.
19.5 RECEIPTS AND RELEASES. The Trustee is hereby authorized to
execute all necessary receipts and releases to the insurance company or
companies concerned, and shall be under the duty upon being advised by the
Administrator that the proceeds of any such contracts have become payable to
make efforts to collect such sums as may appear to be due; provided, however,
that the Trustee shall not be required to institute suit or maintain litigation
to collect the proceeds of any contract unless it is in possession of funds
sufficient for that purpose or unless it has been indemnified to its
satisfaction for its counsel fees, costs, disbursements and all other expenses
and liabilities to which it
TRUSTEE
19-4
<PAGE> 156
may in its judgment be subjected by such action on its part, provided, further,
that the Trustee may utilize the proceeds of any such contract to meet expenses
incurred in connection with enforcing payment of such contract. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee is authorized, with the
written approval of the Administrator, to compromise and adjust claims arising
out of the contracts or any of them upon such terms and conditions as it may
deem just, and the decision of the Trustee shall be binding and conclusive upon
all persons interested in the Trust and Plan.
19.6 SEGREGATION OF ASSETS. Any segregation of assets required
under this Trust may be made in cash or in kind, or partly in cash and partly in
kind, according to the discretion of the Trustee, but any such segregation shall
be made on the basis of the most recent valuation made pursuant to Article XI.
19.7 CO-TRUSTEES. In the event that the Company shall have
appointed more than one individual, trust company or bank to act jointly as
Trustee hereunder, any action which this Trust and Plan authorizes or requires
the Trustee to do shall be done by action of the majority of the then acting
trustees, or, in the case of two such persons acting jointly as Trustee, by
action of both such trustees. Such action may be taken at any meeting of the
trustees then acting or by written authorization and affirmative consent without
a meeting. The trustees, by written agreement among themselves, a copy of which
shall be filed with the Company and the Administrator, may allocate among
themselves any of the
TRUSTEE
19-5
<PAGE> 157
powers and duties of the Trustee under this Trust and Plan. In such event, the
trustee to whom a power or duty is allocated may take action with respect
thereto without the consent of any other trustee. Any person, firm, partnership
or corporation may rely upon the written signatures of such number of the
trustees as are hereunder empowered to take action as the signature of the
Trustee hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust and Plan to
the contrary, so long as at least one individual, trust company or bank shall
continue to act as Trustee hereunder, the Company shall not be under any duty to
appoint a successor to any trustee who shall resign or be removed.
19.8 LIABILITY OF TRUSTEE. Except as otherwise provided in
ERISA, if the Trustee is one or more individuals who are employees of a member
of the Controlled Group, the Trustee and its members shall incur no personal
liability of any nature whatsoever in connection with any act done or omitted to
be done in carrying out its responsibilities under the terms of this Trust and
Plan or other responsibilities imposed upon such persons by ERISA or regulations
promulgated thereunder.
TRUSTEE
19-6
<PAGE> 158
ARTICLE XX
----------
INVESTMENTS
-----------
20.1 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF TRUSTEE. In addition to the
powers and duties conferred and imposed upon the Trustee by the other provisions
of this Trust and Plan, the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of Articles
IX, X and XII, have the following powers and duties:
(a) To invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Trust
Fund and keep the same invested with the care, skill, prudence and diligence
under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of like character and with like aims, without distinction between
principal and income and without regard to any limitations, other than such
prudent man rule, prescribed by law or custom upon the investments of
fiduciaries, in each and every kind of property, whether real, personal or
mixed, tangible or intangible, and wherever situated, including but not limited
to contracts of an insurance company on the life of any participant (including
annuity contracts if distributions are made in the form of a life annuity
pursuant to Section (28)(b) of the Adoption Agreement), shares of any Regulated
Investment Company, units of any common trust fund of any bank or trust company
now in existence or hereafter established, shares of common, preference and
preferred stock, put and call options, rights, options, subscriptions, warrants,
trust receipts, investment trust certificates, mortgages, leases, bonds, notes,
debentures, equipment or collateral trust certificates and other corporate,
individual or government obligations, whether secured or unsecured; to invest
and reinvest in and retain any stocks, bonds or other securities of any
corporate trustee serving hereunder, or any parent or affiliate thereof; to
invest in commodities and commodity contracts; to invest and reinvest in any
time or savings deposits of the Trustee or any parent or affiliate thereof if
such deposits bear a reasonable rate of interest or of any bank, trust company,
or savings and loan institution, which deposits may but need not be guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Federal Savings and Loan
Insurance Corporation; and in addition to become a general partner or limited
partner in any partnership or limited partnership the purposes of which are to
invest or reinvest the partnership assets in any such properties or deposits;
INVESTMENTS
20-1
<PAGE> 159
(b) To invest a portion or all of the Trust Fund in units of any
common or group trust created solely for the purpose of providing a satisfactory
diversification of investments for participating trusts; provided that such
common or group trust, (i) limits participation thereunder to pension and
employer contribution trusts which qualify under Section 501(a) of the Code, as
amended, (ii) prohibits income and/or principal attributable to a participating
trust from being used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the
employees or their beneficiaries of such participating trust, (iii) prohibits
assignment by a participating trust of any part of such participating trust's
equity or interest in the common or group trust, (iv) is created or organized in
the United States and is maintained at all times as a domestic trust in the
United States; as long as the Trustee holds such units hereunder, the instrument
establishing such common or group trust (including all amendments thereto) shall
be deemed to have been adopted and made a part of this Trust and Plan;
(c) Upon direction by the Company, to invest or reinvest all or
a portion of the Trust Fund in qualifying employer securities and/or qualifying
employer real estate as such terms are defined in Section 4975 of the Code, as
amended, and Section 407(d) of ERISA, which investment may constitute more than
ten percent (10%) of the fair market value of the assets of the Trust Fund, and
to retain, or to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any such securities or
real estate held in this Trust Fund. In the event of any such investment, the
Trustee shall file with the appropriate District Director of Internal Revenue
such returns and other information as shall be required from time to time by the
Code, as amended, and valid regulations, rulings and procedures thereunder;
(d) To sell, convert, redeem, exchange, grant options for the
purchase or exchange of, or otherwise dispose of, any real or personal property,
at public or private sale, for cash or upon credit, with or without security,
without obligation on the part of any person dealing with the Trustee to see to
the application of the proceeds of or to inquire into the validity, expediency
or propriety of any such disposal;
(e) To manage, operate, repair, partition and improve and
mortgage or lease (with or without option to purchase) for any length of time
any real property held in the Trust Fund; to renew or extend any mortgage or
lease, upon any terms the Trustee may deem expedient; to agree to reduction of
the rate of interest on any mortgage note; to agree to any modification in the
terms of any lease or mortgage or of any guarantee pertaining to either of them;
to enforce any covenant or condition of any lease or mortgage or of any
guarantee pertaining to either of them or to waive any default in the
performance thereof; to exercise and enforce any right of foreclosure; to bid on
property on foreclosure; to take a deed in lieu of foreclosure with or without
paying consideration therefor and in connection therewith to release the
obligation on the bond
INVESTMENTS
20-2
<PAGE> 160
secured by the mortgage; and to exercise and enforce in any action, suit or
proceeding at law or in equity any rights or remedies in respect of any lease or
mortgage or of any guarantee pertaining to either of them;
(f) To exercise, personally or by general or limited proxy, the
right to vote any shares of stock or other securities held in the Trust Fund; to
delegate discretionary voting power to trustees of a voting trust for any period
of time; and to exercise or sell, personally or by power of attorney, any
conversion or subscription or other rights appurtenant to any securities or
other property held in the Trust Fund;
(g) To join in or oppose any reorganization, recapitalization,
consolidation, merger or liquidation, or any plan therefor, or any lease (with
or without an option to purchase), mortgage or sale of the property of any
organization the securities of which are held in the Trust Fund; to pay from the
Trust Fund any assessments, charges or compensation specified in any plan of
reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, merger or liquidation, to
deposit any property with any committee or depositary; and to retain any
property allotted to the Trust Fund in any reorganization, recapitalization,
consolidation, merger or liquidation;
(h) To borrow money from any lender (including the Trustee
hereunder, where applicable in its capacity as a banking corporation when
permitted to do so by the applicable laws and regulations then in effect) in any
amount and upon such terms and conditions and for such purposes as the Trustee
shall deem necessary; for any money so borrowed the Trustee may issue its
promissory note as Trustee and to secure the repayment of any such loan, with
interest, may pledge or mortgage all or any part of the Trust Fund, and no
person loaning money to the Trustee shall be obligated to see to the application
of the money loaned or to inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of
any such borrowing;
(i) To compromise, settle or arbitrate any claim, debt or
obligation of or against the Trust Fund; to enforce or abstain from enforcing
any right, claim, debt or obligation; and to abandon any property determined by
it to be worthless;
(j) To continue to hold any property of the Trust Fund whether
or not productive of income; to reserve from investment and keep unproductive of
income, without liability for interest, such cash as it deems advisable or, in
its discretion, to hold the same, without limitation on duration, on deposit in
the commercial department or in an interest-bearing account in the savings
department of any bank, trust company, or savings and loan institution
(including the Trustee where applicable in its capacity as a banking
corporation) in which deposits are guaranteed by the
INVESTMENTS
20-3
<PAGE> 161
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance
Corporation;
(k) To hold property of the Trust Fund in its own name or in the
name of a nominee, without disclosure of this Trust, or in bearer form so that
it will pass by delivery, but no such holding shall relieve the Trustee of its
responsibility for the safe custody and disposition of the Trust Fund in
accordance with the provisions of this Trust and Plan, and the Trustee's records
shall at all times show that such property is part of the Trust Fund;
(l) To make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any deeds,
conveyances, leases (with or without option to purchase), mortgages, options,
contracts, waiver or other instruments that the Trustee shall deem necessary or
desirable in the exercise of its powers under this Trust;
(m) To employ, at the expense of the Trust Fund, agents who are
not regular employees of the Trustee, and to delegate in writing to them and
authorize them to exercise such powers and perform such duties required of the
Trustee hereunder without limitation as the Trustee may determine in its
uncontrolled discretion; the Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss
occasioned by any such agents selected by it with reasonable care;
(n) To pay out of the Trust Fund all taxes imposed or levied
with respect to the Trust Fund and in its discretion to contest the validity or
amount of any tax, assessment, penalty, claim or demand respecting the Trust
Fund; however, unless the Trustee shall have first been indemnified to its
satisfaction or arrangements satisfactory to it shall have been made for the
payment of all costs and expenses, it shall not be required to contest the
validity of any tax, or to institute, maintain or defend against any other
action or proceeding either at law or in equity;
(o) Except as otherwise provided in this Trust and Plan, to do
all acts, execute all instruments, take all proceedings and exercise all rights
and privileges with relation to any assets constituting a part of the Trust
Fund, which it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of this
Trust and Plan;
(p) During the minority or incapacity, in either case as
determined under applicable local law, of any participant, former participant or
beneficiary under this Trust and Plan, to make any payment to which such person
would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this Trust and Plan either to such
person or to the legal guardian of such person, and the receipt of either such
minor or incapacitated person or such legal guardian shall be a full discharge
and acquittance to the Trustee for such payment.
INVESTMENTS
20-4
<PAGE> 162
(q) Upon direction by the Administrator, to purchase contracts
of life insurance on the lives of key persons whose death might affect adversely
the earnings of a Participating Company. Any such contracts shall be owned by
the Trustee and any and all benefits, including any amounts payable upon the
death of the person insured shall be payable to the Trustee and considered as an
investment for the benefit of the Trust as a whole.
20.2 INVESTMENT MANAGER. Notwithstanding any provisions of this
Trust and Plan, the Company hereby retains the right to appoint, from time to
time, one or more:
(a) banks, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of
1940;
(b) persons registered as investment advisers under
said Act; or
(c) insurance companies qualified to perform investment
advisory services under the laws of more than one
state;
to act as the Investment Manager or Managers of all or such portions of the
Trust Fund as the Company in its sole discretion shall direct. In order to serve
as Investment Manager, any such bank, person or insurance company must state in
writing to the Company and the Trustee that it meets the requirements set forth
in this Section 20.2 to be an Investment Manager and that it acknowledges that
it shall be a fiduciary with respect to this Trust and Plan during all periods
that it shall serve as such. During any period that an Investment Manager has
been appointed with respect to the Trust Fund or a portion thereof, it shall
have all powers normally given to the Trustee under Section 20.1 hereof with
respect to the management, acquisition or disposition of any asset of the Trust
Fund, or such portion thereof and the Trustee shall have no powers, duties or
obligations with respect to the
INVESTMENTS
20-5
<PAGE> 163
investment, management, acquisition or disposition of such assets. The Company
may remove any Investment Manager or change the portion of the Trust Fund at any
time subject to its management by written notice to the Trustee and the
Investment Manager. Any Investment Manager may resign by written notice to the
Company and the Trustee. Unless the Company appoints a successor to an
Investment Manager which has resigned or been removed or which is no longer
managing a portion of the Trust Fund, the powers, duties and obligations of the
Trustee with respect to the portion of the Trust Fund formerly managed by the
Investment Manager shall be automatically restored.
20.3 INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS. All income from investment and
reinvestment made as provided in this Article XX shall be treated as principal,
and investments and reinvestment shall be made without distinction between
income and principal.
20.4 PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS. In no case shall the Trustee enter
into or engage in any transaction which is defined as a prohibited transaction
by Section 4975 of the Code or by Section 406 of ERISA, except to the extent any
such transaction is permitted under another provision of the Code or under a
valid regulation or exemption promulgated by a responsible agency of the federal
government.
INVESTMENTS
20-6
<PAGE> 164
ARTICLE XXI
-----------
ADMINISTRATION
--------------
21.1 THE ADMINISTRATOR. The Administrator shall be any
person(s), corporation or partnership, (including the Company or a Participating
Company) as shall be designated in Section (38) of the Adoption Agreement. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the identity of the Administrator and of any
change in the Administrator. Except as expressly set forth herein with respect
to the duties and responsibilities of the Trustee, the Retirement Savings
Committee, the Investment Manager or the Participating Companies, the
Administrator shall administer the Trust and Plan and shall have all powers and
duties granted or imposed on an "administrator" by ERISA. The Administrator
shall determine any and all questions of fact, resolve all questions of
interpretation of this instrument which may arise under any of the provisions of
this Trust and Plan as to which no other provision for determination is made
hereunder, and exercise all other powers and discretion necessary to be
exercised under the terms of this Trust and Plan which it is herein given or for
which no contrary provision is made. Subject to the provisions of Section 21.6,
the Administrator's decision with respect to any matter shall be final and
binding upon the Trustee and all other parties concerned, and neither the
Administrator nor any of its directors, officers or employees, if applicable,
shall be liable in that regard except for gross abuse of the discretion given it
and them under the terms of
ADMINISTRATION
21-1
<PAGE> 165
this Trust and Plan. All determinations of the Administrator shall be made in a
uniform, consistent and nondiscriminatory manner with respect to all
participants and beneficiaries in similar circumstances. The Administrator, from
time to time, may designate one or more persons or agents to carry out any or
all of its duties hereunder.
21.2 DENIAL OF APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS. If any participant, any
beneficiary, or the authorized representative of a participant or beneficiary
shall file an application for benefits hereunder and such application is denied,
in whole or in part, he shall be notified in writing of the specific reason or
reasons for such denial unless the granting or denial of the application is in
the sole discretion of the Administrator in which event the notice to the
applicant shall state that the Administrator has denied the application pursuant
to the exercise of its discretionary powers under the Trust and Plan. The notice
shall also set forth the specific plan provisions upon which the denial is
based, an explanation of the provisions of Section 21.6 hereof, and any other
information deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrator.
21.3 RETIREMENT SAVINGS COMMITTEE. The Board of the Company
shall appoint the members of a Retirement Savings Committee which shall consist
of three (3) or more members. Such Committee shall decide appeals of application
denials as provided in Section 21.6 and shall have such other powers and duties
as shall from time to time be assigned to the Committee by the Company. The
members of the Committee shall remain in office at the will of the Board,
ADMINISTRATION
21-2
<PAGE> 166
and the Board may remove any of said members, from time to time, with or without
cause. A member of the Committee may resign upon written notice to the remaining
member or members of the Committee and to the Company respectively. The fact
that a person is a participant or a former participant or a prospective
participant shall not disqualify him from acting as a member of the Committee.
In case of the death, resignation or removal of any member of the Committee, the
remaining members shall act until a successor-member shall be appointed by the
Board of the Company. Upon request, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the
Administrator in writing of the names of the original members of the Committee,
of any and all changes in the membership of the Committee, of the member
designated as Chairman and the member designated as Secretary, and of any
changes in either office. Until notified of a change, the Trustee and the
Administrator shall be protected in assuming that there has been no change in
the membership of the Committee or the designation of Chairman or of Secretary
since the last notification was filed with it. The Trustee and the Administrator
shall be under no obligation at any time to inquire into the membership of the
Committee or its officers. All communications to the Committee shall be
addressed to its Secretary at the address of the Company on file with the
Trustee.
21.4 COMMITTEE PROCEDURES. On all matters and questions, the
decision of a majority of the members of the Committee shall govern and control,
but a meeting need not be called or held to make any decision. The Committee
shall appoint one of its members
ADMINISTRATION
21-3
<PAGE> 167
to act as its Chairman and another member to act as Secretary. The terms of
office of these members shall be determined by the Committee, and the Secretary
and/or Chairman may be removed by the other members of the Committee for any
reason which such other members may deem just and proper. The Secretary shall do
all things directed by the Committee. Although the Committee shall act by
decision of a majority of its members as above provided, nevertheless in the
absence of written notice to the contrary, every person may deal with the
Secretary and consider his acts as having been authorized by the Committee. Any
notice served or demand made on the Secretary shall be deemed to have been
served or made upon the Committee.
21.5 OPERATION OF COMMITTEE. No member of the Committee shall be
disqualified from acting on any question because of his interest therein. No fee
or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his services as
such, but the Committee shall be reimbursed for its expenses by the
Participating Companies. The Committee and the Administrator may hire such
attorneys, accountants, actuaries, agents, clerks, and secretaries as it may
deem desirable in the performance of its functions, and the expense associated
with the hiring or retention of any such person or persons shall be paid
directly by the Participating Companies.
21.6 APPEAL PROCESS. Any participant, any beneficiary, or any
authorized representative of a participant or beneficiary whose application for
benefits hereunder has been denied, in whole
ADMINISTRATION
21-4
<PAGE> 168
or in part, by the Administrator may upon written notice to the Committee
request a review by the Committee of such denial of his application. Such review
may be made by written briefs submitted by the applicant and the Administrator
or at a hearing, or by both, as shall be deemed necessary by the Committee. Any
such hearing shall be held in the main office of the Company on such date and at
such time as the Committee shall designate upon not less than seven (7) days'
notice to the applicant and the Administrator unless both of them accept shorter
notice. The Committee shall make every effort to schedule the hearing on a day
and at a time which is convenient to both the applicant and the Administrator.
After the review has been completed, the Committee shall render a decision in
writing, a copy of which shall be sent to both the applicant and the
Administrator. In rendering its decision, the Committee shall have full power
and discretion to interpret this Trust and Plan, to resolve ambiguities,
inconsistences and omissions, to determine any question of fact, to determine
the right to benefits of, and the amount of benefits, if any, payable to, the
applicant in accordance with the provisions of this Trust and Plan. Such
decision shall set forth the specific reason or reasons for the decision and the
specific plan provisions upon which the decision is based. Such decision shall
be final and binding on the applicant, the Trustee, and the Administrator.
21.7 LIABILITY OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS. Neither the Committee nor
any of its members shall be liable for any act taken by the Committee pursuant
to any provision of this Trust and Plan
ADMINISTRATION
21-5
<PAGE> 169
except for gross abuse of the discretion given it and them hereunder. No member
of the Committee shall be liable for the act of any other member.
ADMINISTRATION
21-6
<PAGE> 170
ARTICLE XXII
------------
PROHIBITION AGAINST ALIENATION
------------------------------
22.1 DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise indicates, the
following terms used herein shall have the following meanings whenever used in
this Article XXII:
(a) The words "alternate payee" shall mean any spouse,
former spouse, child or other dependent of a
participant who is recognized by a domestic relations
order as having a right to receive all, or a portion
of, the benefits hereunder attributable to such
participant.
(b) The words "domestic relations order" shall mean, with
respect to any participant, any judgment, decree or
order (including approval of a property settlement
agreement) which both:
(i) relates to the provision of child support,
alimony payments or marital property rights
to a spouse, former spouse, child or other
dependent of the participant; and
(ii) is made pursuant to a State domestic
relations law (including a community
property law).
(c) The words "qualified domestic relations order" shall
mean a domestic relations order which satisfies the
requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code.
22.2 GENERAL PROHIBITION ON ALIENATION. Neither any property nor
any interest in any property held for the benefit of any participant, former
participant or beneficiary of a participant shall be transferred, alienated,
disposed of or in any manner encumbered, voluntarily, involuntarily or by
operation of law, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall it be
subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration or other legal or
equitable process while in the possession or control of the Trustee
ALIENATION
22-1
<PAGE> 171
except by an act of the Trustee or the participant, former participant or
beneficiary specifically authorized hereunder. If by reason of any act of any
participant, former participant or beneficiary, or by operation of law or by the
happening of any event, or for any reason, except by an act of the Trustee or
such person specifically authorized hereunder, such property or any interest
therein would, except for this provision, cease to be enjoyed by such person, or
if by reason of an attempt of such person to alienate, charge or encumber such
property or any interest therein, or by reason of the bankruptcy or insolvency
of such person, or by reason of any attachment, garnishment or other
proceedings, or by reason of any order, finding or judgment of court, either at
law or in equity, such property or any interest therein would, except for this
provision, vest in or be enjoyed by some person, firm or corporation otherwise
than as provided in this Trust and Plan, in any of such events, the trusts
herein expressed concerning all of such property so payable to or held for the
benefit of such person shall cease and terminate as to him. Thereafter during
his life such property, subject to such interests or rights, if any, as any
other person may have in or to such property as provided in this Trust and Plan,
shall be held by the Trustee according to its absolute discretion, but the
Trustee meanwhile may pay to or expend for the support, comfort and maintenance
of such participant, former participant or beneficiary, may pay to or expend for
the support, comfort and maintenance of his spouse and/or may pay to or expend
for the support, comfort and
ALIENATION
22-2
<PAGE> 172
maintenance of his child or children, such sums and such sums only, as directed
by the Administrator, in writing, retaining any undistributed part of such
property until such participant's, former participant's or beneficiary's death.
22.3 DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS ON DEATH. If any person who shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 22.2 hereof shall die before receiving all
of such property which he would have received except for the operation of the
provisions of said Section 22.2, then, upon or after his death, such
undistributed property shall be disposed of as follows:
(a) If such person was a participant, such
undistributed property shall be disposed of as
provided in such participant's designation of
beneficiary on file with the Trustee at the time of
his death, or as provided in Section 17.8 in the
event that such designation shall not provide for
complete distribution of such undistributed
property or no designation of beneficiary shall be
on file with the Trustee; or
(b) If such person shall be a beneficiary of a partici-
pant, such undistributed property shall be dis-
tributed to the person or persons who upon such
beneficiary's death would be entitled to inherit
such undistributed property under the laws of the
state in which the deceased participant was
domiciled, then in force, if such undistributed
property had then belonged to such beneficiary and
he had then died intestate domiciled in such state.
22.4 NO RIGHT TO BENEFITS BY ALTERNATE PAYEE. Sections 22.2 and
22.3 above shall not be deemed to prohibit the creation, assignment or
recognition of a right to any benefit under the Trust and Plan payable in
respect of a participant to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order.
ALIENATION
22-3
<PAGE> 173
22.5 NOTIFICATION OF PARTIES AND DETERMINATION WHETHER
QUALIFIED. In the event the Trust and Plan is served with a domestic relations
order, the Administrator shall promptly notify the concerned participant and any
concerned alternate payee of the receipt of such domestic relations order and
the Trust and Plan's procedures for determining whether such domestic relations
order is a qualified domestic relations order. Within a reasonable time after
receipt of such domestic relations order, the Administrator shall determine
whether such domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order
and shall notify the participant and any concerned alternate payee of its
determination.
22.6 INTERIM PROCEDURES. During any period in which the issue of
whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is
being determined (whether by the Administrator, a court of competent
jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Administrator shall credit to a new separate
account under the Trust and Plan the amounts which would have been payable to an
alternate payee during such period if the order had been, during such period,
determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, and shall debit the
appropriate accounts of the participant with respect to whom the domestic
relations order was issued for such amounts. If, within eighteen (18) months
after the Trust and Plan is served with such domestic relations order, the
domestic relations order (or a modification thereof) is determined to be a
qualified domestic relations order, the Administrator shall hold and dispose of
the amounts credited to the segregated account established with respect
ALIENATION
22-4
<PAGE> 174
to such domestic relations order in accordance with the terms of the qualified
domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months after the Trust and
Plan is served with such domestic relations order, it is determined that the
domestic relations order is not a qualified domestic relations order or the
issue with respect to whether the domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order is not resolved, the Administrator shall transfer the
amounts credited to the segregated account to the appropriate accounts
maintained for the benefit of the person who would have been entitled to such
amounts as though the Trust and Plan had never been served with such domestic
relations order. Any determination that a domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen
(18) month period after the Trust and Plan was served with such domestic
relations order shall be applied prospectively only.
22.7 INVESTMENT OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT. The amounts credited to any
new separate account which has been created under Section 22.6 above after the
Trust and Plan is served with a domestic relations order shall be invested as
the Administrator shall direct until the Administrator makes a determination
whether such domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order.
22.8 REVIEW PROCEDURES. Any participant or alternate payee who
is affected by a domestic relations order served upon the Trust and Plan may
request a review by the Retirement Savings Committee of the Administrator's
determination with respect to the
ALIENATION
22-5
<PAGE> 175
qualification or lack of qualification of such domestic relations order upon
written notice to the Committee. Any such review by the Committee shall be
subject to the rules and procedures set forth in Article XXI hereof.
22.9 STATUS OF ALTERNATE PAYEE. Any alternate payee who is
entitled to receive amounts from the Trust and Plan pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order shall, with respect to the Trust and Plan, to the
extent of the alternate payee's interest in the Trust and Plan, have such rights
as are specified in the qualified domestic relations order.
ALIENATION
22-6
<PAGE> 176
ARTICLE XXIII
-------------
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
--------------------
23.1 RESTRICTIONS. During any plan year that this Trust and Plan
is top-heavy as determined in accordance with Section 23.2 hereof, the special
restrictions contained in Sections 23.3, 23.4, 23.5, 23.6 and 23.7 hereof shall
apply.
23.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS. This Trust and Plan
shall be considered to be top-heavy in any plan year if, as of the determination
date for such plan year, all the aggregation groups of which this Trust and Plan
is a member are top-heavy groups. In the event that in any plan year this Trust
and Plan is a member of an aggregation group which is not a top-heavy group,
this Trust and Plan shall not be considered to be top-heavy for such plan year.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, the following terms used
herein shall have the following meanings whenever used in this Article XXIII:
(a) "determination date" shall mean, for the first plan
year, the last day thereof, and thereafter shall
mean, for any other plan year, the last day of the
preceding plan year;
(b) "key employee" shall mean a "key employee" as
described in Section 416(i) of the Code which is
hereby incorporated by reference and which is
described for informational purposes herein as any
employee or former employee of a member of the
Controlled Group who at any time during the plan
year, or the four (4) preceding plan years is:
(i) an officer of a member of the Controlled Group
having Total Remuneration from the Controlled
Group for the plan year of determination
TOP-HEAVY
23-1
<PAGE> 177
greater than Forty-Five Thousand Dollars ($45,000.00)
or, if greater, fifty percent (50%) of the amount
specified in Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code (plus any
increase for cost-of-living as determined from time to
time pursuant to regulations issued by the Secretary of
the Treasury or his delegate pursuant to Section 415(d)
of the Code);
(ii) a one-half of one percent (.5%) actual or constructive
owner of a member of the Controlled Group who owns one
of the ten (10) largest interests in a member of the
Controlled Group and who is an employee of a member of
the Controlled Group having Total Remuneration from the
Controlled Group for the plan year of determination
greater than Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) or, if
greater, the amount specified in Section 415(c)(1)(A) of
the Code (plus any increase for cost-of-living as
determined from time to time pursuant to regulations
issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate
pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code);
(iii) a five percent (5%) actual or constructive owner of a
member of the Controlled Group; or
(iv) a one percent (1%) actual or constructive owner of a
member of the Controlled Group having Total Remuneration
from the Controlled Group for the plan year of
determination greater than One Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($150,000.00);
provided that any such employee also performed service for a
member of the Controlled Group during the five (5) plan year
period ending on the determination date; and provided that an
amount held for the beneficiary of a key employee who is
deceased shall be deemed to be an amount held for a key
employee;
(c) "non-key employee" shall mean any employee of a member of the
Controlled Group who is not a key employee including any
employee who was formerly a key employee;
(d) "permissive aggregation group" shall mean the required
aggregation group plus each pension, profit sharing and stock
bonus plan of a member of the Controlled Group, including each
such plan
TOP-HEAVY
23-2
<PAGE> 178
terminated during the five (5) year period ending on the
determination date, which, when considered as a group with the
required aggregation group, would continue to comply with
Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code;
(e) "present value" shall be based only on the interest and
mortality rates set forth in Section (40)(b) of the Adoption
Agreement;
(f) "required aggregation group" shall mean each pension, profit
sharing and stock bonus plan of a member of the Controlled
Group, including each such plan terminated during the five (5)
year period ending on the determination date, in which a key
employee is a participant and each other pension, profit
sharing and stock bonus plan which enables such plans to meet
the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code; and
(g) "top heavy group" shall mean any aggregation group if the sum,
as of the determination date, of:
(i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for
key employees under all defined benefit plans included
in such group; and
(ii) the aggregate of the account balances of key employees
under all defined contribution plans included in such
group;
exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for
all participants, former participants and beneficiaries
permitted to be taken into account pursuant to Section 416(g)
of the Code, with such values being determined for each plan
as of the most recent valuation date occurring within the
twelve (12) month period ending on the determination date and
subject to appropriate adjustments under said Section 416(g)
and lawful regulations issued thereunder, including the
requirement that benefits and accounts of an employee be
increased by the aggregate distributions with respect to such
employee during the five (5) year period ending on the
determination date;
(h) "valuation date" means the date as of which account balances
or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the
top-heavy ratio, as selected in Section (40)(c) of the
Adoption Agreement.
TOP-HEAVY
23-3
<PAGE> 179
In making any of the aforementioned determinations,
contributions due but unpaid as of the determination date shall be included in
determining the value of account balances, if any. In addition, the present
value of cumulative accrued benefits shall be determined as if they accrued no
more rapidly than the slowest rate of accrual permitted under the fractional
rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code utilizing the actuarial factors and
assumptions set forth in Section (40)(b) of the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore,
for purposes of making the aforementioned calculations with respect to defined
benefit plans, proportional subsidies, and benefits not relating to retirement
benefits such as pre-retirement death and disability benefits and post
retirement medical benefits, are to be disregarded but nonproportional subsidies
are to be taken into account.
23.3 TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS. During any plan year that
this Trust and Plan is top-heavy, a Participating Company shall make a
contribution on behalf of each non-key employee employed by the Participating
Company who is a participant on the allocation date coinciding with the last day
of such year or was a participant whose employment terminated on or as of said
allocation date which is at least equal to the greater of (a) or (b) below,
where:
(a) equals the lesser of (i) or (ii) below, where:
(i) equals three percent (3%) of the non-key
employee's Total Remuneration from the
Controlled Group during the plan year; and
(ii) equals the largest percentage of Total Re-
muneration from the Controlled Group (dis-
TOP-HEAVY
23-4
<PAGE> 180
regarding any such Total Remuneration in
excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars
($200,000.00) per plan year per key
employee) provided to any key employee by
the contributions of the Participating
Companies; and
(b) equals such other percent of the non-key employee's
Total Remuneration from the Controlled Group as may
be necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section
401 and 416 of the Code as prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury in lawful regulations.
For purposes of determining the percentage set forth in subsection (a)(ii)
above, a Participating Company's contribution made pursuant to Sections 5.1 and
6.3 hereof for a key employee shall be taken into account, but a Participating
Company's contribution made pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 6.3 hereof on behalf of
a non-key employee shall not be taken into account in determining compliance
with this Section 23.3.
If this Trust and Plan is top-heavy for a plan year and if a
participant who is a non-key employee is also a participant in any other defined
contribution plan or any defined benefit plan maintained by a Participating
Company, the top-heavy minimum benefit shall be provided pursuant to Section
(40)(a) of the Adoption Agreement.
23.4 TOP-HEAVY VESTING. The Vested Percentage of a participant
who is employed during a plan year during which the Trust and Plan is top-heavy
shall be determined in accordance with the table specified in Section (21) of
the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this
provision shall not apply to the account of any participant who does not work
TOP-HEAVY
23-5
<PAGE> 181
an hour of service for a member of the Controlled Group after the Trust and Plan
initially becomes top-heavy.
23.5 VESTING UPON CESSATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS. Except as
provided in the next sentence, in the event that this Trust and Plan shall have
been top-heavy for one (1) or more plan years and shall thereafter cease to be
top-heavy, the Vested Percentage of each participant shall again be determined
pursuant to Section (20) of the Adoption Agreement; provided, however, that in
no event may a change in the Trust and Plan's top-heavy status cause the Vested
Percentage of any participant to be reduced. In the event that this Trust and
Plan shall have been top-heavy and shall thereafter cease to be top-heavy, each
participant who had completed three (3) or more years of vesting service on the
date this Trust and Plan ceased to be top-heavy shall continue to be covered by
the vesting schedule set forth in Section (21) of the Adoption Agreement.
23.6 DETERMINATION OF SUPER TOP-HEAVY PLAN. This Trust and Plan
shall be considered to be super top-heavy in any plan year if, as of the
determination date for such plan year, all the aggregation groups of which this
Trust and Plan is a member are super top-heavy groups. The foregoing
determination shall be made as provided in Section 23.2 above for the
calculation of top-heavy status, except that for purposes of this Section 23.6,
subparagraph (g) of said Section 23.2 shall be modified by the substitution of
the words "super top-heavy group" for the words "top-heavy group" in said
subparagraph (g) and by the substitution of the percentage
TOP-HEAVY
23-6
<PAGE> 182
"ninety percent (90%)" for the percentage "sixty percent (60%)" in said
subparagraph (g).
23.7 LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS UNDER TOP-HEAVY PLAN.
During any plan year that this Trust and Plan is top-heavy or super top-heavy,
the limitations on annual additions and annual benefits set forth in Article
XXIV hereof shall be modified by the substitution of the phrase "one hundred
percent (100%)" for the phrase "one hundred twenty-five percent (125%)" wherever
the latter phrase appears in Article XXIV and by the substitution of the amount
"Forty-One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($41,500)" for the amount "Fifty-One
Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($51,875)" wherever the latter
amount appears in Article XXIV. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the
modifications set forth in this Section 23.7 shall not apply for a plan year if
the Trust and Plan is top-heavy but not super top-heavy for such plan year and
if the amount contributed for each participant who is a non-key employee is
computed by substituting the percentage "4%" for "3%" in Section 23.3(a) above.
In the event that the annual additions or annual benefits of a key employee
shall be in excess of the limitations on annual additions or annual benefits as
described in Article XXIV hereof as modified herein, no contributions shall be
allocated to such participant's accounts under this Trust and Plan until he is
brought into compliance or this Trust and Plan ceases to be top-heavy or super
top-heavy, as the case may be.
TOP-HEAVY
23-7
<PAGE> 183
ARTICLE XXIV
------------
LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
-------------------------------
24.1 DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise indicates, the following
terms shall have the following meanings whenever used in this Article XXIV:
(a) The words "annual additions" shall mean with respect to each
participant the sum of the following amounts in any plan year:
(i) the contributions of the Company or a Related Employer
credited to his accounts with respect to such plan year under
all defined contribution plans of the Company or any Related
Employer (whether or not terminated) which plans meet the
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, including, but not
limited to, other defined contribution regional prototype
plans;
(ii) forfeitures creditable to his accounts under all such defined
contribution plans of the Company or any Related Employer
(whether or not terminated) with respect to such plan year;
(iii) an amount determined as follows:
(A) for each limitation year beginn